Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Dynamic Programming

291 missions · 171 completed

Missions

Open120Completed171All291
🏆Completed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Asset Selling Under Debt Obligations: Under a Single Debt Payment Due Before the Horizon Ends, the Optimal First Sale Follows a Control Band of Two Critical PricesResearch Paper

Selling an asset bought with debt

Firms that hold a large, divisible asset (a commodity inventory, a block of shares, a stock of natural gas) often financed it with debt and must sell it over time to repay that debt. Without debt, the timing problem is classical: Karlin (1962) showed that a non-divisible asset facing independent prices should be sold the first time the price exceeds a reservation price. Debt changes the incentives in two opposite directions. Limited liability caps the shareholders' loss at zero, which rewards gambling on high future prices and delays selling. Bankruptcy also destroys the value of the unsold asset, an indirect bankruptcy cost, which rewards selling early to secure the debt payment. Ahn, Wang and Wu (SSRN 3472345, published in Operations Research 69(4), 2021, doi:10.1287/opre.2019.1961) solve the resulting dynamic program with Markov prices. This mission formalizes their central structural result: the optimal first sale under a single debt payment due before the end of the horizon.

Setting

A seller holds an amount xt∈[0,1]x_t \in [0,1]xt​∈[0,1] of a divisible asset at the beginning of period t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T, with x1=1x_1 = 1x1​=1. The selling price PtP_tPt​ follows a Markov process: the law of Pt+1P_{t+1}Pt+1​ given Pt=pP_t = pPt​=p is a probability kernel κt(p)\kappa_t(p)κt​(p), with finite conditional mean. Write EtE_tEt​ for the expectation given the current price. The discount factor is ρ∈(0,1)\rho \in (0,1)ρ∈(0,1), the per-period selling capacity is ℓ∈(0,1]\ell \in (0,1]ℓ∈(0,1], and unsold asset is worthless after period TTT.

The debt-free value Ut(x,p)U_t(x,p)Ut​(x,p) solves, with UT+1≡0U_{T+1} \equiv 0UT+1​≡0,

Ut(x,p)=max⁡0≤q≤min⁡(x,ℓ)  p q+ρ Et Ut+1(x−q,Pt+1).U_t(x,p) = \max_{0 \le q \le \min(x,\ell)} \; p\,q + \rho\,E_t\,U_{t+1}(x-q, P_{t+1}).Ut​(x,p)=0≤q≤min(x,ℓ)max​pq+ρEt​Ut+1​(x−q,Pt+1​).

The debt-free critical price is Rto=ρ E[Ut+1(1,Pt+1)∣Pt]R^o_t = \rho\,E[U_{t+1}(1,P_{t+1}) \mid P_t]Rto​=ρE[Ut+1​(1,Pt+1​)∣Pt​].

Debt. A schedule d=(dt)t≤md = (d_t)_{t \le m}d=(dt​)t≤m​, dt≥0d_t \ge 0dt​≥0, is due at the end of periods t=1,…,mt = 1, \dots, mt=1,…,m, with maturity 1≤m≤T1 \le m \le T1≤m≤T. The seller's working capital wtw_twt​ starts at w1=0w_1 = 0w1​=0 and grows at rate 1/ρ1/\rho1/ρ. In period t≤mt \le mt≤m, a quantity qqq is feasible if 0≤q≤min⁡(xt,ℓ)0 \le q \le \min(x_t,\ell)0≤q≤min(xt​,ℓ) and wt+ptq≥dtw_t + p_t q \ge d_twt​+pt​q≥dt​. If no quantity is feasible, the seller is bankrupt and the equity value Vt(x,w,p;d)V_t(x,w,p;d)Vt​(x,w,p;d) is 000. Otherwise

Vm(x,w,p;d)=max⁡q feasible  p q+w−dm+ρ Em Um+1(x−q,Pm+1),V_m(x,w,p;d) = \max_{q \text{ feasible}} \; p\,q + w - d_m + \rho\,E_m\,U_{m+1}(x-q,P_{m+1}),Vm​(x,w,p;d)=q feasiblemax​pq+w−dm​+ρEm​Um+1​(x−q,Pm+1​), Vt(x,w,p;d)=max⁡q feasible  ρ Et Vt+1(x−q, ρ−1(w+p q−dt), Pt+1;d),t<m.V_t(x,w,p;d) = \max_{q \text{ feasible}} \; \rho\,E_t\,V_{t+1}\big(x-q,\ \rho^{-1}(w + p\,q - d_t),\ P_{t+1}; d\big), \quad t < m.Vt​(x,w,p;d)=q feasiblemax​ρEt​Vt+1​(x−q, ρ−1(w+pq−dt​), Pt+1​;d),t<m.

For a single payment dm=Dd_m = Ddm​=D (and dt=0d_t = 0dt​=0 otherwise), write δt=ρm−tD\delta_t = \rho^{m-t}Dδt​=ρm−tD and Ct=ρ EtVt+1(1,0,Pt+1;d)C_t = \rho\,E_t V_{t+1}(1,0,P_{t+1};d)Ct​=ρEt​Vt+1​(1,0,Pt+1​;d), with Vm+1:=0V_{m+1} := 0Vm+1​:=0. The net effect of debt is

Δt=Vt(1,0,Pt;d)−(Ut(1,Pt)−ρm−tD).\Delta_t = V_t(1,0,P_t;d) - \big(U_t(1,P_t) - \rho^{m-t}D\big).Δt​=Vt​(1,0,Pt​;d)−(Ut​(1,Pt​)−ρm−tD).

It is the value of limited liability net of the bankruptcy cost. The two critical prices are

Rt(1)=min⁡{δtRtoRto−Ct, Ct+δt},Rt(2)=max⁡{Rto, Ct+δt}.R^{(1)}_t = \min\Big\{\frac{\delta_t R^o_t}{R^o_t - C_t},\ C_t + \delta_t\Big\}, \qquad R^{(2)}_t = \max\{R^o_t,\ C_t + \delta_t\}.Rt(1)​=min{Rto​−Ct​δt​Rto​​, Ct​+δt​},Rt(2)​=max{Rto​, Ct​+δt​}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4 (p. 14)

Assume ℓ=1\ell = 1ℓ=1, a single payment D>0D > 0D>0 at m<Tm < Tm<T, a period t≤mt \le mt≤m before any sale (x=1x = 1x=1, w=0w = 0w=0), and a price p>0p > 0p>0. Then Rt(1)≤Rt(2)R^{(1)}_t \le R^{(2)}_tRt(1)​≤Rt(2)​, and:

p<Rt(1)⇒sell nothing (t<m) or bankruptcy (t=m),Rt(1)≤p<Rt(2)⇒q=δt/p is optimal,p≥Rt(2)⇒q=1 is optimal.p < R^{(1)}_t \Rightarrow \text{sell nothing } (t<m) \text{ or bankruptcy } (t=m), \qquad R^{(1)}_t \le p < R^{(2)}_t \Rightarrow q = \delta_t/p \text{ is optimal}, \qquad p \ge R^{(2)}_t \Rightarrow q = 1 \text{ is optimal}.p<Rt(1)​⇒sell nothing (t<m) or bankruptcy (t=m),Rt(1)​≤p<Rt(2)​⇒q=δt​/p is optimal,p≥Rt(2)​⇒q=1 is optimal.

After the debt-securing sale, the optimal quantities coincide with the debt-free ones. Moreover:

EtΔt+1<0⇒Rt(1)<Rt(2)=Rto,EtΔt+1≥0⇒Rt(1)=Rt(2)≥Rto.E_t\Delta_{t+1} < 0 \Rightarrow R^{(1)}_t < R^{(2)}_t = R^o_t, \qquad E_t\Delta_{t+1} \ge 0 \Rightarrow R^{(1)}_t = R^{(2)}_t \ge R^o_t.Et​Δt+1​<0⇒Rt(1)​<Rt(2)​=Rto​,Et​Δt+1​≥0⇒Rt(1)​=Rt(2)​≥Rto​.

When EtΔt+1=0E_t\Delta_{t+1} = 0Et​Δt+1​=0, all three prices coincide.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Lemma 1(i)–(ii) (p. 8). Enough working capital makes Vt=Ut+w−∑i≥tρi−tdiV_t = U_t + w - \sum_{i\ge t}\rho^{i-t}d_iVt​=Ut​+w−∑i≥t​ρi−tdi​. With no asset left, Vt=(w−∑i≥tρi−tdi)+V_t = (w - \sum_{i \ge t}\rho^{i-t}d_i)^+Vt​=(w−∑i≥t​ρi−tdi​)+.
  2. Proposition 1 (p. 9) with (A.1). The debt-free rule is to sell everything once Pt≥RtoP_t \ge R^o_tPt​≥Rto​; moreover Ut(x,p)=max⁡{p,Rto}xU_t(x,p) = \max\{p, R^o_t\}xUt​(x,p)=max{p,Rto​}x and Rto=ρEtmax⁡{Pt+1,Rt+1o}R^o_t = \rho E_t\max\{P_{t+1}, R^o_{t+1}\}Rto​=ρEt​max{Pt+1​,Rt+1o​}.
  3. (A.6). The closed form of VmV_mVm​.
  4. Lemma 3 (p. 13). Convexity, linearity and continuity of VtV_tVt​ in (x,w,dm)(x, w, d_m)(x,w,dm​).
  5. (A.8). VtV_tVt​ is a three-term maximum.
  6. (A.9). Its specialization at x=1x = 1x=1, w=0w = 0w=0.
  7. Footnote 4. 0≤Ct<Rto0 \le C_t < R^o_t0≤Ct​<Rto​.

Significance

Proposition 4 is the paper's headline. Under debt, the first sale follows a control band. Below Rt(1)R^{(1)}_tRt(1)​ the seller waits. Between the two critical prices, the seller sells exactly the quantity whose revenue covers the discounted debt; in that band a higher price means a smaller sale. Above Rt(2)R^{(2)}_tRt(2)​ the seller sells everything. Part (ii) separates the two economic forces by the sign of one number, EtΔt+1E_t\Delta_{t+1}Et​Δt+1​. When the bankruptcy cost dominates, part of the asset is sold earlier than without debt. When limited liability dominates, selling is delayed and done all at once. The same structure underlies the paper's later results on threshold debt levels and general installment schedules.

The result is proved on paper but has not been formalized; the platform has no asset-selling, reservation-price or debt-constrained selling model. The mission contributes three things. The first is a finite-horizon Markov-price dynamic program with an explicit bankruptcy branch and limited liability, built on Mathlib's probability kernels. The second is Karlin-type debt-free stopping results for a divisible asset. The third is the full convexity argument behind the control band.

Difficulty

Part (ii) is signed algebra once footnote 4 is known; the work is in part (i). Because of the bankruptcy branch, VtV_tVt​ is neither convex nor concave in general (Lemma 1(iii)). So the first-order reasoning that settles the debt-free problem, a linear objective in qqq, does not carry over. Two facts reduce the optimum to three candidate quantities. The first is convexity of VtV_tVt​ in (x,w,dm)(x, w, d_m)(x,w,dm​) below the debt-covering region, proved by backward induction together with the debt level. The second is linearity above that region. The induction must carry the debt level as a variable.

Every value function is integrated against a kernel. Before any identity between expectations can be used, p′↦Ut+1(x,p′)p' \mapsto U_{t+1}(x,p')p′↦Ut+1​(x,p′) and p′↦Vt+1(x,w,p′)p' \mapsto V_{t+1}(x,w,p')p′↦Vt+1​(x,w,p′) must be shown measurable and integrable, and both are suprema over a continuum of quantities. The strict inequality of footnote 4 is a separate induction: Vt+1(1,0,⋅)<Ut+1(1,⋅)V_{t+1}(1,0,\cdot) < U_{t+1}(1,\cdot)Vt+1​(1,0,⋅)<Ut+1​(1,⋅) at every positive price.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace AssetDebt.ControlBand.

Representation.

  • Periods are natural numbers and values are real numbers.
  • κ t p is the law of Pt+1P_{t+1}Pt+1​ given Pt=pP_t = pPt​=p, a Mathlib Kernel ℝ ℝ.
  • UUU and VVV are defined by well-founded recursion as suprema of the objective over the feasible set. For VVV, the bankruptcy test comes first, so the supremum is only taken over a nonempty interval.
  • Vt:=0V_t := 0Vt​:=0 for t>mt > mt>m, which is the paper's convention Vm+1:=0V_{m+1} := 0Vm+1​:=0.
  • Feasibility is written 0≤q≤min⁡(x,ℓ)0 \le q \le \min(x,\ell)0≤q≤min(x,ℓ), dt≤w+pqd_t \le w + pqdt​≤w+pq. This avoids dividing by ppp.
  • "Optimal" means feasible and attaining the maximum; uniqueness is not claimed.
  • The critical prices Rt(1),Rt(2)R^{(1)}_t, R^{(2)}_tRt(1)​,Rt(2)​ are the explicit thresholds (A.10) from the paper's proof, not a free existential.
  • EtΔt+1E_t\Delta_{t+1}Et​Δt+1​ is the integral of Δt+1\Delta_{t+1}Δt+1​ as defined in (5).

Added hypotheses.

  • Prices are almost surely strictly positive. The paper writes Pt≥0P_t \ge 0Pt​≥0 but divides by ptp_tpt​.
  • The multi-step conditional means E[Ps∣pt]E[P_s \mid p_t]E[Ps​∣pt​], t<s≤Tt < s \le Tt<s≤T, are finite. The paper treats RtoR^o_tRto​ as a real number, and the one-step assumption alone does not guarantee that.
  • Section 3's standing assumption ℓ=1\ell = 1ℓ=1 is a hypothesis of every statement except Lemma 1.

Excluded trivializations. VVV is never defined by its closed forms (A.6), (A.8) or (A.9), which would make the goal an unfolding exercise. The critical prices are not existentially quantified: a price-dependent existential could be witnessed by thresholds read off the optimal action itself.

Infrastructure. A complete development needs measurability of suprema of kernel integrals, sup-shift lemmas for bounded intervals, and the backward-induction convexity argument. The debt-free results (Proposition 1) and the sup and measurability lemmas apply to other finite-horizon selling and stopping models. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, in particular on the measurability layer.

Selected references

  • H.-S. Ahn, D. D. Wang, O. Q. Wu, Asset Selling Under Debt Obligations, SSRN 3472345, version of May 7, 2019. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3472345 ; published in Operations Research 69(4), 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1961
  • S. Karlin, Stochastic models and optimal policy for selling an asset, in K. J. Arrow, S. Karlin, H. Scarf (eds.), Studies in Applied Probability and Management Science, Stanford University Press, 1962, pp. 148–158 (cited as in the paper’s reference list).
  • O. Besbes, D. A. Iancu, N. Trichakis, Dynamic pricing under debt: spiraling distortions and efficiency losses, Management Science 64(10), 2018, pp. 4572–4589 (cited as in the paper's reference list).
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Social Responsibility Auditing in Supply Chain Networks: An Optimal Auditing Policy First Audits and Drops Suppliers, Then Rectifies All Remaining Ones or Proceeds to ProductionResearch Paper

Motivation

A buyer may be liable for social responsibility violations among suppliers that remain in its production network. Auditing can prevent a later penalty, but the buyer must pay for each audit and then choose what to do with a supplier that fails. Dropping a supplier can also remove other firms that depend on it, changing the buyer's eventual production profit. Zhang, Aydin, and Parker study this decision in a three-tier supply network and establish a structural rule for an optimal auditing policy in Theorem 3. The rule tells the buyer how dropping and rectification can be ordered without specifying which supplier to audit first.

Setting

There is one buyer in tier 0 and two possible tier-1 firms, aaa and bbb. The tier-2 suppliers are divided into three disjoint sets: SaS_aSa​, whose members supply only aaa; SbS_bSb​, whose members supply only bbb; and SabS_{ab}Sab​, whose members supply both. A network is g=(S(1),Sa,Sb,Sab)g=(S^{(1)},S_a,S_b,S_{ab})g=(S(1),Sa​,Sb​,Sab​), where S(1)⊆{a,b}S^{(1)}\subseteq\{a,b\}S(1)⊆{a,b} is the set of tier-1 firms still present. Its supplier set SgS_gSg​ contains those tier-1 firms and the members of the three tier-2 sets. The set Dg(i)D_g(i)Dg​(i) of dependents of supplier iii includes iii itself. For a tier-1 firm, it includes its exclusive tier-2 suppliers. For a tier-2 supplier, it also includes a tier-1 firm if that supplier is the firm's sole remaining tier-2 source.

An auditing state γ=(g,Uγ)\gamma=(g,U_\gamma)γ=(g,Uγ​) records the current network and its finite set of unaudited suppliers, Uγ⊆SgU_\gamma\subseteq S_gUγ​⊆Sg​. The state is terminal when Uγ=∅U_\gamma=\varnothingUγ​=∅. The operator γ⊕i\gamma\oplus iγ⊕i vets an unaudited supplier without changing the network. The operator γ⊖i\gamma\ominus iγ⊖i drops iii and Dg(i)D_g(i)Dg​(i). If a tier-1 firm is dropped, its formerly shared tier-2 suppliers become exclusive to the other tier-1 firm. These transitions are the paper's footnotes 3 and 4 on page 10.

At a state, the buyer can proceed to production (pppppp), audit and rectify an unaudited supplier (ar(i)ar(i)ar(i)), or audit and drop one if it fails (ad(i)ad(i)ad(i)). An auditing policy ξ\xiξ chooses an admissible action at every state. Let a≥0a\geq0a≥0 be the audit cost, r≥0r\geq0r≥0 the rectification cost, u∈(0,1)u\in(0,1)u∈(0,1) the chance that a supplier is noncompliant, w∈(0,1]w\in(0,1]w∈(0,1] the chance that an uncorrected violation is exposed, and z≥0z\geq0z≥0 the penalty for an exposed violation. If the buyer proceeds to production, it receives production profit π(g)\pi(g)π(g) less the expected penalty ζ(γ)=∣Uγ∣uwz\zeta(\gamma)=|U_\gamma|uwzζ(γ)=∣Uγ​∣uwz.

The optimal value V∗(γ)V^*(\gamma)V∗(γ) is the maximum of the values of the admissible actions at γ\gammaγ, using the finite recursion (1)–(5) of §3.2. An optimal policy chooses a maximizing action at every state. The appendix also defines the value V(ξ,γ)V(\xi,\gamma)V(ξ,γ) of a fixed policy and the restricted value Var(γ)V_{ar}(\gamma)Var​(γ) when only pppppp and ararar are available.

Formalization targets

The main target is Theorem 3, page 19: some optimal policy first audits and drops any number of suppliers, perhaps none, and then enters a second subphase. In that second subphase it either rectifies all remaining unaudited suppliers, in any order, or proceeds directly to production. The choice is governed by the comparison

a+ur≤uwz(rectify all),a+ur≥uwz(proceed to production).a+ur\leq uwz\quad\text{(rectify all)},\qquad a+ur\geq uwz\quad\text{(proceed to production)}.a+ur≤uwz(rectify all),a+ur≥uwz(proceed to production).

The inequalities are non-strict: both choices are permitted at equality. The statement applies at every state of the auditing process. Once the policy rectifies a supplier, it rectifies another at the successor state whenever unaudited suppliers remain; no later audit-and-drop action follows. Every available rectification action is optimal during this subphase.

Two appendix results are the milestones. Proposition D.1, OA-11 says that, for each starting state, a buyer can postpone rectification actions until after dropping actions without lowering its value at that state. Proposition D.2, OA-13 identifies the optimal value and actions in the restricted rectify-or-produce problem. With crp=min⁡{uwz,a+ur}c_{rp}=\min\{uwz,a+ur\}crp​=min{uwz,a+ur}, its value formula is

Var(γ)=π(g)−crp∣Uγ∣.V_{ar}(\gamma)=\pi(g)-c_{rp}|U_\gamma|.Var​(γ)=π(g)−crp​∣Uγ​∣.

Significance

Theorem 3 reduces the form of policies that need consideration: rectification need not be interleaved with later dropping, and the final choice between rectification and accepting exposure risk depends on one comparison of per-supplier costs. It does not resolve which suppliers to audit and drop, or when to leave that first subphase. Those decisions can still depend on the network and audit outcomes, as §5.1 explains.

The paper proves the structural result and its two appendix propositions. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of those known statements, together with a reusable finite representation of network dependents, transitions, and Bellman values. The present draft statements compile with proof placeholders; they are not machine-checked proofs of the claims. The definitions also permit later work on other auditing rules over the same state space.

Difficulty

An audit-and-drop action can change the network and therefore production profit. Comparing it with an audit-and-rectify action is more involved than comparing their immediate costs: a dropped supplier can remove its dependents, and those losses affect all later decisions. The obvious choice of rectifying whenever a+ur≤uwza+ur\leq uwza+ur≤uwz ignores the possibility that a later drop removes the rectified supplier anyway. The structural theorem must account for both successor states of an audit and still produce one policy that is optimal at every state.

Formalization scope

Tier-2 suppliers carry labels in an arbitrary type, while every individual network and unaudited set is finite. The tier-2 components of a network are pairwise disjoint. The Lean parameters explicitly require a,r,z≥0a,r,z\geq0a,r,z≥0, 0<u<10<u<10<u<1, and 0<w≤10<w\leq10<w≤1. The paper derives ζ\zetaζ from independent supplier outcomes; the formalization uses that derived formula, and its Bellman recursions already take the audit outcomes' expectations. The profit π\piπ is any real-valued function of the current network. This is a disclosed generalization of the Cournot profit used earlier in the paper: §6.1 says the two-subphase result does not depend on the mode of competition, and (D.27) uses only that vetting leaves the network unchanged.

The value functions are defined by recursion on the number of unaudited suppliers. Their maxima are taken over exactly the admissible finite action set, and optimality is checked at every state. Transition functions are total, but the theorems use them only for unaudited suppliers. The action-value functions return zero for inadmissible supplier actions; the fixed-policy recursion returns the production value there. These values have no role for admissible policies. The formulation excludes an unattained policy supremum, a policy that is optimal only at a chosen initial state, or a special production-profit function. Contributions that establish the appendix propositions, the main structural theorem, or useful lemmas about the finite transitions and recursions fit this scope.

Selected references

  • H. Zhang, G. Aydin, and R. P. Parker, Social Responsibility Auditing in Supply Chain Networks, Management Science, 2021, authors' accepted manuscript dated 26 February 2021, pp. 8–11, 19, OA-11–OA-13. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.2020.3950.
4 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Shipping Consolidation Across Two Warehouses with Delivery Deadline and Expedited Options for E-commerce and Omni-channel Retailers: The Single-Warehouse Optimal Policy Is a Slack-Time ThresholdResearch Paper

Motivation

Online and omni-channel retailers promise delivery within a fixed number of days, and carriers charge less for slower service. A retailer that receives orders over time can therefore wait, collect several orders into one package, and send it by a slower and cheaper service, as long as no order misses its promised date. Waiting saves the fixed cost of a shipment but uses up the slack of the orders already waiting. This trade-off between shipment consolidation and expedited delivery is the subject of L. Wei, R. Kapuscinski and S. Jasin, Shipping Consolidation across Two Warehouses with Delivery Deadline and Expedited Options for E-commerce and Omni-channel Retailers (Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2020; author's manuscript SSRN 2920899).

The paper treats one and two warehouses, with fixed and with volume-dependent shipping costs. Its first structural result concerns the simplest case, one warehouse and a fixed cost per package: the optimal policy waits while the most urgent order has enough slack and ships everything once the slack falls to a period-dependent threshold. This mission formalizes that result and the lemmas its proof rests on.

Setting

Time is discrete and counted backward: ttt is the number of periods to go and period 111 is the last. Each order must be delivered at most d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 periods after it arrives. The slack time of a pending order is the number of periods left until its deadline; slack 111 means the order must leave now.

Shipping a package that must arrive within ppp periods costs F(p)F(p)F(p), the fixed shipping cost, which does not depend on the number of orders in the package. The paper assumes FFF is non-increasing and convex (slower delivery is cheaper, with diminishing savings), and specifies it on [1,∞)[1,\infty)[1,∞). In each period new orders arrive with probability α∈[0,1]\alpha \in [0,1]α∈[0,1].

With one warehouse and fixed costs, the paper's Lemma 1 shows that it is optimal either to ship all pending orders together in one package or to ship none, at a cost depending only on the smallest slack zzz among pending orders. The state is therefore z∈{1,…,d}z \in \{1,\dots,d\}z∈{1,…,d}, or ∞\infty∞ when nothing is pending. The cost-to-go functions Vt(z)V_t(z)Vt​(z) and Vt(∞)V_t(\infty)Vt​(∞) satisfy the recursion (2)–(3): for t>1t > 1t>1 and 1≤z≤d1 \le z \le d1≤z≤d,

Vt(z)=min⁡{ F(z)+Vt(∞) (ship),  Vt−1(z−1) (do not ship) },V_t(z) = \min\{\,F(z) + V_t(\infty)\ \text{(ship)},\ \ V_{t-1}(z-1)\ \text{(do not ship)}\,\},Vt​(z)=min{F(z)+Vt​(∞) (ship),  Vt−1​(z−1) (do not ship)}, Vt(∞)=αVt−1(d)+(1−α)Vt−1(∞),V_t(\infty) = \alpha V_{t-1}(d) + (1-\alpha) V_{t-1}(\infty),Vt​(∞)=αVt−1​(d)+(1−α)Vt−1​(∞),

with V1(z)=F(z)V_1(z) = F(z)V1​(z)=F(z) and V1(∞)=0V_1(\infty) = 0V1​(∞)=0. Holding is infeasible at z=1z = 1z=1. Shipping is optimal at (t,z)(t,z)(t,z) when the ship branch attains the minimum; holding is optimal when it is feasible and the do-not-ship branch attains the minimum. With ties both are optimal.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 13)

For every period t≥1t \ge 1t≥1 there is an integer τt\tau_tτt​ such that, for every slack 1≤z≤d1 \le z \le d1≤z≤d,

z≤τt  ⟹  shipping all pending orders is optimal,z>τt  ⟹  holding all pending orders is optimal.z \le \tau_t \implies \text{shipping all pending orders is optimal}, \qquad z > \tau_t \implies \text{holding all pending orders is optimal}.z≤τt​⟹shipping all pending orders is optimal,z>τt​⟹holding all pending orders is optimal.

The threshold may depend on ttt, and no formula for it is asserted.

Milestones

  1. Lemma E1 (Online Appendix, p. 1). For reals a1,…,ana_1,\dots,a_na1​,…,an​ and b1≥⋯≥bnb_1 \ge \dots \ge b_nb1​≥⋯≥bn​,
min⁡i(ai+bi)−min⁡iai ≥ bn.\min_i (a_i + b_i) - \min_i a_i \ \ge\ b_n.imin​(ai​+bi​)−imin​ai​ ≥ bn​.
  1. Unrolled cost-to-go (proof of Lemma 2, Online Appendix, p. 1). For t≥1t \ge 1t≥1 and 1≤z≤d1 \le z \le d1≤z≤d,
Vt(z)=min⁡0≤j≤k{F(z−j)+Vt−j(∞)},k=min⁡{t,z}−1.V_t(z) = \min_{0 \le j \le k} \{F(z-j) + V_{t-j}(\infty)\}, \qquad k = \min\{t,z\} - 1.Vt​(z)=0≤j≤kmin​{F(z−j)+Vt−j​(∞)},k=min{t,z}−1.
  1. Lemma 2 (p. 13). For t≥1t \ge 1t≥1 and 2≤z≤d2 \le z \le d2≤z≤d,
Vt(z−1)−Vt(z) ≥ F(z−1)−F(z).V_t(z-1) - V_t(z) \ \ge\ F(z-1) - F(z).Vt​(z−1)−Vt​(z) ≥ F(z−1)−F(z).
  1. The downward step (proof of Theorem 1, p. 13). For t≥2t \ge 2t≥2 and 3≤z≤d3 \le z \le d3≤z≤d, if shipping is optimal at slack zzz, it is optimal at slack z−1z-1z−1.

Significance

Theorem 1 reduces the policy of a TTT-period stochastic control problem to one integer per period. The paper builds on it: Theorem 2 computes the long-run average cost of a constant threshold, Proposition 2 and Lemma 3 describe the best constant threshold, and the two-warehouse analysis of §5 and the heuristics of §7 start from this one-warehouse structure. Lemma 2 states that the cost-to-go reacts to a loss of slack at least as strongly as the current shipping cost does, which the paper calls counter-intuitive (p. 13); it is the property that makes the threshold exist.

The results are proved in the paper, with one gap: the proof of Lemma 2 is written out only for t≥dt \ge dt≥d, and the case t<dt < dt<d is described as similar and omitted. A formal proof closes that case. To the best of our knowledge none of these results has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The natural first idea is to argue that the cost-to-go Vt(z)V_t(z)Vt​(z) inherits convexity in zzz from FFF and then read off a threshold. That is not what is needed: the threshold needs a comparison between the slope of VtV_tVt​ and the slope of FFF (Lemma 2), and the paper notes (p. 13) that, without further structure, the difference Vt(z−1)−Vt(z)V_t(z-1) - V_t(z)Vt​(z−1)−Vt​(z) can a priori be larger or smaller than F(z−1)−F(z)F(z-1) - F(z)F(z−1)−F(z), because the optimal shipping periods for slacks z−1z-1z−1 and zzz may differ. The recursion couples two indices, period and slack, through the no-order value Vt(∞)V_t(\infty)Vt​(∞), and its boundary cases (z=1z = 1z=1, where shipping is forced, and t=1t = 1t=1, the last period) behave differently from the interior. The paper's own argument covers only t≥dt \ge dt≥d; the regime t<dt < dt<d, in which the horizon ends before the most urgent order's deadline, is left to the reader.

Formalization scope

  • Model. The model is the reduced recursion (2)–(3) itself, encoded as a recursive definition valuePair F α d t returning (z↦Vt(z),Vt(∞))(z \mapsto V_t(z), V_t(\infty))(z↦Vt​(z),Vt​(∞)). The reduction from the general dynamic program (1) over all slack vectors to (2)–(3) (Lemma 1) is not formalized; zzz stands for the smallest slack among pending orders. All objects are deterministic; α\alphaα enters only through (3).
  • Conventions. Periods are counted down, t≥1t \ge 1t≥1. V1(∞)=0V_1(\infty) = 0V1​(∞)=0 (from (1): nothing pending costs nothing in the last period). The boundary condition Vt−1(0)=∞V_{t-1}(0) = \inftyVt−1​(0)=∞ is encoded as a forced shipment at z=1z = 1z=1. Every statement is restricted to 1≤z≤d1 \le z \le d1≤z≤d, the domain of (2); values outside it, and at t=0t = 0t=0, are placeholders. F:R→RF : \mathbb R \to \mathbb RF:R→R is real-valued, assumed convex and non-increasing on [1,∞)[1,\infty)[1,∞), and evaluated only at integers z≥1z \ge 1z≥1; the paper's F(0)=∞F(0) = \inftyF(0)=∞ is never read and is not encoded.
  • Optimality. A decision is optimal when its branch of (2) attains the minimum; ties make both decisions optimal. Holding is optimal only if it is feasible (t≥2t \ge 2t≥2, z≥2z \ge 2z≥2).
  • Ruling out a trivial goal. Shipping is always optimal at z=1z = 1z=1, so "there is a threshold below which shipping is optimal" holds with τ=1\tau = 1τ=1 for free; the goal also requires holding to be optimal at every slack above the threshold.
  • Not formalized. Lemma 1, Proposition 1, Theorem 2 and the results that rest on it (Proposition 2, Lemma 3), the two-warehouse results of §5, the variable-cost model of §6, and the heuristic bounds of §7.
  • Infrastructure. Only Finset.inf', ConvexOn and natural-number arithmetic are needed. Lemma E1 is a self-contained fact about finite minima and may be reusable. Alternative proofs of Lemma 2 that avoid the unrolled form are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Wei, R. Kapuscinski, S. Jasin, Shipping Consolidation across Two Warehouses with Delivery Deadline and Expedited Options for E-commerce and Omni-channel Retailers, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2020.0903 — author's manuscript: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2920899
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Allocation and Pricing: Constant Regret via Bellman Inequalities: Regret Is at Most the Information Loss Plus the Bellman LossResearch Paper

Motivation

An online allocator must commit to an action after each arrival, although later arrivals can change which actions would have been best. Revenue management and online resource allocation use regret to measure the expected reward lost against a benchmark. If the benchmark sees too much future information, this gap can grow with the horizon even when the online controller behaves optimally. Vera, Banerjee, and Gurvich use a benchmark whose extra information can be chosen for the application, and relate regret to two quantities that can be studied separately: how often the online action disagrees with an informed action, and how accurately a proposed value function satisfies a Bellman equation (Vera–Banerjee–Gurvich, 2020, §§2–3).

The paper proves constant-regret application results for online probing, dynamic pricing, and learning by combining this framework with estimates particular to each model. This mission isolates the framework's Theorem 5 and the displayed statements leading to it. Its result is known on paper; the work here is to give the model, the conditional expectations, and the regret bound machine-checkable statements.

Setting

There are TTT decision periods, indexed by time to go t=T,T−1,…,1t=T,T-1,\ldots,1t=T,T−1,…,1. At the start of period ttt the controller is in state St∈SS^t\in\mathcal SSt∈S and observes an input ξt∈Ξ\xi^t\in\Xiξt∈Ξ. It selects an action uuu from a nonempty feasible set U(St,ξt)\mathcal U(S^t,\xi^t)U(St,ξt), collects real reward R(St,ξt,u)R(S^t,\xi^t,u)R(St,ξt,u), and moves to St−1=T(St,ξt,u)S^{t-1}=\mathcal T(S^t,\xi^t,u)St−1=T(St,ξt,u). The initial state is the fixed state ST=s0S^T=s_0ST=s0​.

The observed filtration Ft\mathcal F_tFt​ is generated by the arrivals ξt,…,ξT\xi^t,\ldots,\xi^Tξt,…,ξT. A non-anticipative policy chooses an Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable action from the current state. Offline has the augmented filtration Gt=Ft∨H\mathcal G_t=\mathcal F_t\vee\mathcal HGt​=Ft​∨H, where H\mathcal HH is a fixed sigma-algebra carrying extra information. Offline's value V(t,s)V(t,s)V(t,s) is the feasible-action maximum in the conditional Bellman equation (2), with V(0,s)=0V(0,s)=0V(0,s)=0. Its expected initial value is the benchmark for the online policy's expected reward. Regret is their difference.

A relaxed value ϕ(t,s)\phi(t,s)ϕ(t,s) and a Bellman loss LB(t,s)L_B(t,s)LB​(t,s) obey the Bellman inequalities if ϕ\phiϕ initially bounds the conditional Offline value, ends at zero, and at each state is at most one feasible action's immediate reward plus its expected relaxed continuation and LBL_BLB​. An action meeting this inequality is satisfying. A maximum-loss bound rrr controls the shortfall of every feasible action. For a policy with action U^t\widehat U^tUt on its actual trajectory, QtQ_tQt​ is the event that U^t\widehat U^tUt is not satisfying under this same ϕ\phiϕ and LBL_BLB​.

Formalization targets

Satisfying actions under augmented information

Proposition 1 concerns a feasible Gt\mathcal G_tGt​-adapted policy that always takes satisfying actions. It bounds its shortfall from Offline by the expected accumulated Bellman loss:

E[V(T,s0)]−E ⁣[∑t=1TR(St,ξt,Ut)]≤E ⁣[∑t=1TLB(t,St)].\mathbb E[V(T,s_0)]-\mathbb E\!\left[\sum_{t=1}^T R(S^t,\xi^t,U^t)\right]\le\mathbb E\!\left[\sum_{t=1}^T L_B(t,S^t)\right].E[V(T,s0​)]−E[t=1∑T​R(St,ξt,Ut)]≤E[t=1∑T​LB​(t,St)].

The proposal also states the one-step displayed inequality from its proof, where a conditional continuation at a fixed state and action becomes the conditional continuation of the policy's random trajectory.

Regret decomposition

Theorem 5 concerns a feasible non-anticipative policy. It states the pathwise-compensation expectation bound and, when LBL_BLB​ is nonnegative, the paper's two-term bound:

E[Regret]≤E ⁣[∑t=1T(r1Qt+1QtcLB(t,St))]≤∑t=1T(r P(Qt)+E[LB(t,St)]).\mathbb E[\mathrm{Regret}]\le\mathbb E\!\left[\sum_{t=1}^T\left(r\mathbf1_{Q_t}+\mathbf1_{Q_t^c}L_B(t,S^t)\right)\right]\le\sum_{t=1}^T\left(r\,\mathbb P(Q_t)+\mathbb E[L_B(t,S^t)]\right).E[Regret]≤E[t=1∑T​(r1Qt​​+1Qtc​​LB​(t,St))]≤t=1∑T​(rP(Qt​)+E[LB​(t,St)]).

The milestones include the paper's maximum-loss, compensated one-step, and iterated displays on the route to this target. The first inequality is also stated for signed LBL_BLB​; only the second requires LB≥0L_B\ge0LB​≥0.

Significance

The theorem turns a regret analysis into two concrete estimates. An application can count or bound the periods when the online action fails the informed satisfying-action test, and can separately quantify the error in its chosen relaxed value. Neither quantity alone certifies small regret; the theorem supplies the inequality connecting both to the benchmark's actual reward gap. The paper's constant-regret claims use application-specific bounds on these terms (Vera–Banerjee–Gurvich, 2020, §§4–6).

A complete formalization would establish the conditional-expectation and measurability infrastructure needed to apply this template to other finite-horizon allocation models. The paper gives a proof of Theorem 5, but the theorem and its applications have no machine-checked proofs in this mission. The proposal records the open Lean statements and a statement-only non-vacuity check for the exact Bellman value with zero loss.

Difficulty

Definition 5 describes a satisfying action for a fixed state and action, while Theorem 5 evaluates it at a random state and a policy's random action. The conditional expectation in that definition cannot simply be substituted syntactically for the conditional expectation of the ensuing trajectory. Countable states and finite actions make the substitution meaningful, but measurability of the selected state and action still has to be established. The same issue appears in the maximum-loss display. Time runs backward, so the information at t−1t-1t−1 contains the information at ttt; a forward-indexed filtration would change the conditional expectation in the paper's formulas.

The second displayed inequality presents a separate statement issue: removing 1Qtc\mathbf1_{Q_t^c}1Qtc​​ from LBL_BLB​ is valid only for nonnegative LBL_BLB​. The paper allows signed Bellman losses elsewhere, so nonnegativity is attached to that inequality rather than to the definition of Bellman inequalities.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses a countable state type, a finite nonempty action type, real rewards, and an explicit nonempty feasible-action set. The probability space carries a probability measure, measurable arrivals, and an auxiliary sub-sigma-algebra H\mathcal HH. The observed and augmented information families are plain sigma-algebra families because their order decreases with time to go. The index t=0t=0t=0 is terminal; decision sums and hypotheses use exactly t∈{1,…,T}t\in\{1,\ldots,T\}t∈{1,…,T}. Offline's value is defined by the feasible-action Bellman recursion and is never a free benchmark variable.

The source bounds the maximum reward above. This formalization additionally bounds feasible rewards, ϕ\phiϕ, and LBL_BLB​ in absolute value over the finite horizon, and requires measurable reward, transition, and feasibility data. These assumptions ensure the real integrals and conditional expectations have their intended values. Definition 4 is an almost-sure real upper bound rrr rather than a supremum that could take a default value. The feasible-action maximum in the Bellman inequality is represented by a feasible witness. The source's family GΘG_\ThetaGΘ​ is represented by the single sigma-algebra it generates, H\mathcal HH.

The goal covers every feasible Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-adapted state-feedback policy; RABBI is in this class. Proposition 1 retains its distinct Gt\mathcal G_tGt​-adapted policy class. The disagreement event uses the same LBL_BLB​ as the Bellman inequalities. The maximum-loss display follows Definition 4's parentheses and sign, correcting a printed slip on p. 14. The nonnegative-loss condition corrects the second inequality of the printed Theorem 5. A complete development needs reusable lemmas on finite feasible maxima, measurable state-feedback trajectories, conditional expectations under decreasing information, and integration of finite sums. Contributions to those lemmas and to the five stated milestones are in scope.

Selected references

  • Alberto Vera, Siddhartha Banerjee, and Itai Gurvich, Online Allocation and Pricing: Constant Regret via Bellman Inequalities, arXiv preprint arXiv:1906.06361v2, 2020. arXiv.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisControl TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Wait Time Based Pricing for Queues with Customer-Chosen Service Times: The Delay Differential Optimality Equations Have a Decreasing Concave SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

Service systems such as public fast-charging stations for electric vehicles let each customer choose how long to be served. Lin, Shang and Sun (SSRN 3709573, 2020; later in Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4474) study a firm that announces to every arriving customer the current wait time www (the work already in the queue) and a price rate ppp per unit of service time. The customer then decides whether to join and, if so, how long a service to buy. Queue pricing usually conditions on the queue length with random service times (Low 1974; Paschalidis and Tsitsiklis 2000; Kim and Randhawa 2018). Here the state is the wait time, and it moves deterministically between arrivals.

The firm maximizes long-run average revenue or social welfare. The optimality condition the paper derives is not an ordinary differential equation but a delay differential equation (DDE) that looks ahead: the value at www depends on the value at w+t(p)>ww + \mathtt t(p) > ww+t(p)>w. This mission formalizes the paper's existence theorem for that equation.

Setting

A model has a usage utility UUU, a waiting cost ccc, a Poisson arrival rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and a maximum service time C>0C > 0C>0, under Assumption 1 (p. 7):

  1. U(t)≥0U(t) \ge 0U(t)≥0, U(0)=0U(0) = 0U(0)=0, 0≤U′(t)≤U′(0)0 \le U'(t) \le U'(0)0≤U′(t)≤U′(0) and U′′(t)<0U''(t) < 0U′′(t)<0 on [0,C][0, C][0,C];
  2. d2dt2[U′(t)t]<0\frac{d^2}{dt^2}[U'(t)t] < 0dt2d2​[U′(t)t]<0 on [0,C][0, C][0,C];
  3. c(0)=0c(0) = 0c(0)=0, c′(w)>0c'(w) > 0c′(w)>0 and c′′(w)≥0c''(w) \ge 0c′′(w)≥0 for w≥0w \ge 0w≥0.

At price p∈[0,U′(0)]p \in [0, U'(0)]p∈[0,U′(0)] a joining customer chooses the service time t(p)=min⁡{(U′)−1(p),C}\mathtt t(p) = \min\{(U')^{-1}(p), C\}t(p)=min{(U′)−1(p),C} (5). They join when U(t(p))−p t(p)−c(w)≥0U(\mathtt t(p)) - p\,\mathtt t(p) - c(w) \ge 0U(t(p))−pt(p)−c(w)≥0. Three thresholds follow:

  • wˉ\bar wwˉ solves U(C)=c(wˉ)U(C) = c(\bar w)U(C)=c(wˉ); above it nobody joins.
  • Γ(w)\Gamma(w)Γ(w), for w∈[0,wˉ]w \in [0, \bar w]w∈[0,wˉ], is the highest price at which a customer still joins (Proposition 2).
  • w^\hat ww^ and L(w)L(w)L(w) (Proposition 1) describe when the marginal price U′(t)U'(t)U′(t) still attracts a customer.

The per-customer value is v(p)−αc(w)\mathbf v(p) - \alpha c(w)v(p)−αc(w), with v(p)=p t(p)\mathbf v(p) = p\,\mathtt t(p)v(p)=pt(p), α=0\alpha = 0α=0 for revenue and v(p)=U(t(p))\mathbf v(p) = U(\mathtt t(p))v(p)=U(t(p)), α=1\alpha = 1α=1 for welfare (Lemma 1).

The optimality equations (12)–(15) ask for a constant g\mathsf gg (the average rate) and a relative value function VVV with

g=−V′(w)+λmax⁡{max⁡p∈[0,Γ(w)][v(p)−αc(w)+V(w+t(p))−V(w)], 0},w∈(0,wˉ],\mathsf g = -V'(w) + \lambda \max\Big\{\max_{p \in [0, \Gamma(w)]} \big[\mathbf v(p) - \alpha c(w) + V(w + \mathtt t(p)) - V(w)\big],\ 0\Big\}, \quad w \in (0, \bar w],g=−V′(w)+λmax{p∈[0,Γ(w)]max​[v(p)−αc(w)+V(w+t(p))−V(w)], 0},w∈(0,wˉ], g=λmax⁡{max⁡p∈[0,Γ(0)][v(p)+V(t(p))−V(0)], 0},g=−V′(w) (w>wˉ),V(wˉ)=0.\mathsf g = \lambda \max\Big\{\max_{p \in [0, \Gamma(0)]} \big[\mathbf v(p) + V(\mathtt t(p)) - V(0)\big],\ 0\Big\}, \qquad \mathsf g = -V'(w) \ (w > \bar w), \qquad V(\bar w) = 0.g=λmax{p∈[0,Γ(0)]max​[v(p)+V(t(p))−V(0)], 0},g=−V′(w) (w>wˉ),V(wˉ)=0.

Algorithm 1 (p. 14) is a backward explicit-Euler shooting scheme. For a guess g≥0g \ge 0g≥0 and NNN grid cells on [0,wˉ][0, \bar w][0,wˉ], it starts from VNg(w)=−(w−wˉ)gV^g_N(w) = -(w - \bar w)gVNg​(w)=−(w−wˉ)g for w≥wˉw \ge \bar ww≥wˉ. It then builds a piecewise-linear VNgV^g_NVNg​ cell by cell from right to left. On the cell ending at xxx the slope is −g+KNg(x)-g + K^g_N(x)−g+KNg​(x), where the slope adjustment KNg(x)K^g_N(x)KNg​(x) is λ\lambdaλ times the positive part of the inner maximum at xxx. The shooting value is gN=min⁡{g≥0:g≥KNg(0)}g_N = \min\{g \ge 0 : g \ge K^g_N(0)\}gN​=min{g≥0:g≥KNg​(0)} (23). Finally gˉ=lim⁡jg2j\bar g = \lim_j g_{2^j}gˉ​=limj​g2j​ (24) and Vgˉ(w)=lim⁡jV2jgˉ(w)V^{\bar g}(w) = \lim_j V^{\bar g}_{2^j}(w)Vgˉ​(w)=limj​V2jgˉ​​(w) (Proposition 6).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 17)

gˉ=lim⁡j→∞g2j exists,V2jgˉ(w)→Vgˉ(w) (w≥0),(gˉ,Vgˉ) solves (12)–(15),Vgˉ is nonincreasing and concave on [0,wˉ+C].\bar g = \lim_{j\to\infty} g_{2^j} \ \text{exists},\quad V^{\bar g}_{2^j}(w) \to V^{\bar g}(w)\ (w \ge 0),\quad (\bar g, V^{\bar g}) \text{ solves (12)–(15)},\quad V^{\bar g} \text{ is nonincreasing and concave on } [0, \bar w + C].gˉ​=j→∞lim​g2j​ exists,V2jgˉ​​(w)→Vgˉ​(w) (w≥0),(gˉ​,Vgˉ​) solves (12)–(15),Vgˉ​ is nonincreasing and concave on [0,wˉ+C].

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof in order:

  • Thresholds and the value function (Propositions 1–3, pp. 8–11): uniqueness of w^\hat ww^ and wˉ\bar wwˉ, the characterization (8) of Γ\GammaΓ, Γ(0)=U′(0)\Gamma(0) = U'(0)Γ(0)=U′(0) with Γ\GammaΓ decreasing, and the bounds (V1)–(V2) on v\mathbf vv.
  • The finite-NNN scheme (Proposition 4, Lemmas 2, 3, 5): VNgV^g_NVNg​ is concave and KNgK^g_NKNg​ is nonincreasing; KKK increases when the grid is refined and decreases in ggg; and KNU′(0)≡0K^{U'(0)}_N \equiv 0KNU′(0)​≡0.
  • The limits (Proposition 5, Lemma 6, Proposition 6): g2jg_{2^j}g2j​ increases to gˉ≤U′(0)\bar g \le U'(0)gˉ​≤U′(0), the V2jgˉV^{\bar g}_{2^j}V2jgˉ​​ are uniformly gˉ\bar ggˉ​-Lipschitz, and they converge uniformly to a concave, nonincreasing, Lipschitz VgˉV^{\bar g}Vgˉ​.
  • The equations in the limit (Lemma 7, Propositions 7–8): K2jgˉ(0)→gˉK^{\bar g}_{2^j}(0) \to \bar gK2jgˉ​​(0)→gˉ​; the boundary condition (13); differentiability of VgˉV^{\bar g}Vgˉ​ on [0,wˉ][0, \bar w][0,wˉ] and the DDE (12).

Significance

Theorem 1 is the existence half of the paper's verification argument. Its Theorem 2 then shows that the constructed gˉ\bar ggˉ​ equals the optimal long-run average rate over all predictable price processes. Its Theorem 3 reads the structure of the optimal price and service-time policies off VgˉV^{\bar g}Vgˉ​. Without a solution of (12)–(15) neither result has an object to talk about. The construction also gives a convergent numerical method (Algorithm 1) for a class of look-ahead DDEs that standard ODE theory does not cover.

The proofs are written out in the paper's Appendix B, except Lemma 12, an internal step of Proposition 8 whose proof the authors leave out. None of it is machine-checked. A complete formalization would check every step of the shooting argument and supply the omitted lemma. It would also yield a reusable framework: Euler-type schemes for delay equations whose delay points forward, monotone in the grid and in a scalar parameter.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, Cauchy–Lipschitz, fails: (12) is not an initial-value problem. V′(w)V'(w)V′(w) depends on VVV on [w,w+C][w, w + C][w,w+C], so the equation must be integrated backwards from wˉ\bar wwˉ, and then the value g\mathsf gg is unknown. The shooting scheme fixes ggg, integrates backwards, and tunes ggg so that the boundary condition (13) at w=0w = 0w=0 holds in the limit. For fixed ggg the approximations need not converge as N→∞N \to \inftyN→∞ (the slope at 000 can diverge), so ggg and NNN must be coupled through gNg_NgN​.

The hard step is Proposition 8. Each V2jgˉV^{\bar g}_{2^j}V2jgˉ​​ has kinks at every grid point, yet the limit has to be differentiable. One has to show that the left and right derivatives of the concave limit coincide and equal the right-hand side of (12), which requires passing a maximum over a www-dependent price set to the limit.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace WaitTimePricing.Existence, and only Mathlib is imported. Conventions:

  • U,c:R→RU, c : \mathbb R \to \mathbb RU,c:R→R are C3C^3C3 and C2C^2C2 on R\mathbb RR, a disclosed strengthening of "three/two times differentiable". Assumption 1's inequalities are imposed exactly on [0,C][0, C][0,C] and [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞). λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and C>0C > 0C>0 are added; the paper uses them without stating them.
  • t(p)=sup⁡{t∈[0,C]:p≤U′(t)}\mathtt t(p) = \sup\{t \in [0, C] : p \le U'(t)\}t(p)=sup{t∈[0,C]:p≤U′(t)}, meaningful for p∈[0,U′(0)]p \in [0, U'(0)]p∈[0,U′(0)]. w^\hat ww^, L(w)L(w)L(w), wˉ\bar wwˉ and Γ(w)\Gamma(w)Γ(w) are defined by their characterizing sets, not by closed forms. Propositions 1–2 are theorems about these sets.
  • The objective is one of Lemma 1's two cases. The paper's remark that any v\mathbf vv satisfying (V1)–(V2) would do is not formalized, because it silently needs continuity of v\mathbf vv.
  • Every "max" in (12), (13), (19) and (22) is a real supremum over [0,Γ(w)][0, \Gamma(w)][0,Γ(w)]. For the continuous VVV used here this set is nonempty and bounded, and the supremum is attained.
  • V′V'V′ is never a default-valued derivative. (12) and (14) assert that VVV has the prescribed derivative, two-sided for w∈(0,wˉ]w \in (0, \bar w]w∈(0,wˉ] and w>wˉw > \bar ww>wˉ; Proposition 8 states the case w=0w = 0w=0 with a right derivative.
  • Algorithm 1 is a recursion over the passes of its loop, with N≥1N \ge 1N≥1. The initialization (16) is extended from [wˉ,wˉ+C][\bar w, \bar w + C][wˉ,wˉ+C] to [wˉ,∞)[\bar w, \infty)[wˉ,∞) so that (14) can hold as printed on (wˉ,∞)(\bar w, \infty)(wˉ,∞). Only values on [0,wˉ+C][0, \bar w + C][0,wˉ+C] enter the loop, so the construction is unchanged.
  • gˉ\bar ggˉ​ and VgˉV^{\bar g}Vgˉ​ are defined as limits that take a default value when the limit does not exist. Propositions 5–6 and the goal assert the convergence.
  • "Decreasing" is nonincreasing everywhere (including Γ\GammaΓ, Proposition 2(iii)), the reading the proofs establish.

Trivializations ruled out. The goal names the paper's gˉ\bar ggˉ​ and VgˉV^{\bar g}Vgˉ​ together with their convergence, not an arbitrary solution and not default values of undefined limits. It cannot be met at a kink through a default-valued derivative. Its inner maxima cannot vanish through an empty or unbounded set. Γ\GammaΓ and t\mathtt tt are not closed forms that would make (8) true by definition. The weaker statement "some (g,V)(\mathsf g, V)(g,V) solves (12)–(15)" is not the goal.

Contributions are welcome at every milestone. Reusable pieces include monotonicity of a max-operator under backward induction, Dini-type uniform convergence of monotone sequences of equi-Lipschitz concave functions, and the differentiability of a concave limit of piecewise-linear functions. Theorem 2 (optimality over predictable controls) and Theorem 3 (policy structure) are outside this mission. Theorem 3 appears to fail as printed when gˉ>U′(C)\bar g > U'(C)gˉ​>U′(C).

Selected references

  • C.-A. Lin, K. Shang, P. Sun, Wait Time Based Pricing for Queues with Customer-Chosen Service Times, SSRN 3709573, version of October 12, 2020. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3709573 (journal version: Management Science, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4474)
  • D. W. Low, Optimal dynamic pricing policies for an M/M/s queue, Operations Research 22(3), 1974. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.22.3.545
  • I. C. Paschalidis, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Congestion-dependent pricing of network services, IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking 8(2), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1109/90.842140
  • J. Kim, R. S. Randhawa, The value of dynamic pricing in large queueing systems, Operations Research 66(2), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2017.1668
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, 2nd ed., Athena Scientific, 2000. http://www.athenasc.com/dpbook.html
19 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

A First-Order Approach to Accelerated Value Iteration 4: Safe Accelerated Value Iteration Converges to v* at Rate O(λ′^s) for Every λ′ ∈ [λ, 1)Research Paper

Motivation

Value iteration (VI) is the standard method for computing the optimal value function of a discounted Markov decision process (MDP). It applies the Bellman operator repeatedly, and because that operator is a λ\lambdaλ-contraction in the sup norm, the error after sss steps is at most λs\lambda^sλs times the initial error. When the discount factor λ\lambdaλ is close to 111, as in long-horizon planning, this rate is slow.

Goyal and Grand-Clément (arXiv:1905.09963, Operations Research 2023) read value iteration as a gradient-type method and transfer momentum schemes from convex optimization (Nesterov acceleration, heavy-ball momentum) to the Bellman operator. On reversible policy chains these accelerated schemes provably converge faster than VI. On general MDPs, however, the accelerated iterates need not converge at all: the paper exhibits instances on which Accelerated Value Iteration (A-VI) oscillates or diverges. Section 7 of the paper resolves this tension with Safe Accelerated Value Iteration (S-AVI, Algorithm 1), which tries an accelerated step at every period and keeps it only when it makes enough progress on the Bellman equation v=T(v)v = T(v)v=T(v). This mission formalizes the convergence guarantee of S-AVI, Theorem 7.1.

Setting

Let S\mathbb SS be a finite set of states and A\mathbb AA a nonempty finite set of actions. A discounted MDP is given by a transition kernel PPP, with Piaj≥0P_{iaj}\ge 0Piaj​≥0 the probability of moving from state iii to state jjj under action aaa and ∑jPiaj=1\sum_j P_{iaj} = 1∑j​Piaj​=1; a reward ria∈Rr_{ia}\in\mathbb Rria​∈R for each state-action pair; and a discount factor λ∈(0,1)\lambda \in (0,1)λ∈(0,1). The Bellman operator T:RS→RST : \mathbb R^{\mathbb S} \to \mathbb R^{\mathbb S}T:RS→RS is

T(v)i=max⁡a∈A{ria+λ∑jPiaj vj}.T(v)_i = \max_{a\in\mathbb A}\Big\{ r_{ia} + \lambda \sum_{j} P_{iaj}\, v_j \Big\}.T(v)i​=a∈Amax​{ria​+λj∑​Piaj​vj​}.

The sup norm is ∥v∥∞=max⁡i∣vi∣\|v\|_\infty = \max_i |v_i|∥v∥∞​=maxi​∣vi​∣. The optimal value function v∗v^*v∗ is the unique fixed point of TTT. For a vector vvv, the quantity ∥v−T(v)∥∞\|v - T(v)\|_\infty∥v−T(v)∥∞​ is its Bellman residual.

S-AVI (Algorithm 1) takes a scalar λ′∈[λ,1)\lambda' \in [\lambda, 1)λ′∈[λ,1), step sizes α,γ>0\alpha, \gamma > 0α,γ>0 and any starting vector v0v_0v0​. It sets v1=T(v0)v_1 = T(v_0)v1​=T(v0​), and at each period s≥1s \ge 1s≥1 forms

hs=vs+γ (vs−vs−1),vs+1/2=hs−α (hs−T(hs)).h_s = v_s + \gamma\,(v_s - v_{s-1}), \qquad v_{s+1/2} = h_s - \alpha\,\big(h_s - T(h_s)\big).hs​=vs​+γ(vs​−vs−1​),vs+1/2​=hs​−α(hs​−T(hs​)).

If ∥vs+1/2−T(vs+1/2)∥∞≤λ′ s+1 ∥v0−T(v0)∥∞\|v_{s+1/2} - T(v_{s+1/2})\|_\infty \le \lambda'^{\,s+1}\,\|v_0 - T(v_0)\|_\infty∥vs+1/2​−T(vs+1/2​)∥∞​≤λ′s+1∥v0​−T(v0​)∥∞​, the accelerated candidate is accepted, vs+1=vs+1/2v_{s+1} = v_{s+1/2}vs+1​=vs+1/2​; otherwise the algorithm takes a value-iteration step, vs+1=T(vs)v_{s+1} = T(v_s)vs+1​=T(vs​). In the Lean development the MDP is AccelVI.SafeAVI.MDP with validity predicate MDP.Valid, the operator is bellman M, and the iterates are savi M lam' α γ v0 : ℕ → (S → ℝ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

For a valid MDP, any λ′∈[λ,1)\lambda' \in [\lambda, 1)λ′∈[λ,1), any α,γ>0\alpha, \gamma > 0α,γ>0 and any v0v_0v0​, the S-AVI iterates converge to v∗v^*v∗, and

vs=v∗+O(λ′ s),∀s≥0,v_s = v^* + O(\lambda'^{\,s}), \quad \forall s \ge 0,vs​=v∗+O(λ′s),∀s≥0,

that is, there is a constant CCC with ∥vs−v∗∥∞≤C λ′ s\|v_s - v^*\|_\infty \le C\,\lambda'^{\,s}∥vs​−v∗∥∞​≤Cλ′s for every s≥0s \ge 0s≥0. The constant is left unspecified, as in the paper.

Milestones

  1. TTT is a λ\lambdaλ-contraction: ∥T(v)−T(w)∥∞≤λ∥v−w∥∞\|T(v) - T(w)\|_\infty \le \lambda\|v - w\|_\infty∥T(v)−T(w)∥∞​≤λ∥v−w∥∞​ (§2, p. 3).
  2. The first period: ∥v1−T(v1)∥∞≤λ∥v0−T(v0)∥∞≤λ′∥v0−T(v0)∥∞\|v_1 - T(v_1)\|_\infty \le \lambda\|v_0 - T(v_0)\|_\infty \le \lambda'\|v_0 - T(v_0)\|_\infty∥v1​−T(v1​)∥∞​≤λ∥v0​−T(v0​)∥∞​≤λ′∥v0​−T(v0​)∥∞​ (p. 13).
  3. Geometric decay of the residual: ∥vs−T(vs)∥∞≤λ′ s∥v0−T(v0)∥∞\|v_s - T(v_s)\|_\infty \le \lambda'^{\,s}\|v_0 - T(v_0)\|_\infty∥vs​−T(vs​)∥∞​≤λ′s∥v0​−T(v0​)∥∞​ for all sss (p. 14).
  4. The residual controls the error: ∥v−v∗∥∞≤(1−λ)−1∥v−T(v)∥∞\|v - v^*\|_\infty \le (1-\lambda)^{-1}\|v - T(v)\|_\infty∥v−v∗∥∞​≤(1−λ)−1∥v−T(v)∥∞​ for every vvv (p. 14).

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.1 says that the safeguard costs nothing in the worst case: S-AVI converges on every MDP at rate λ′\lambda'λ′, and with λ′=λ\lambda' = \lambdaλ′=λ it matches the rate of value iteration, which Theorem 6.3 of the same paper shows cannot be beaten by any first-order method uniformly over MDPs. At the same time it accepts accelerated steps whenever they reduce the residual fast enough, so it keeps the empirical speed-ups of A-VI. Remark 7.2 of the paper describes the role of λ′\lambda'λ′: values closer to 111 admit more accelerated steps. The guarantee also gives a computable stopping rule, since the residual bounds the distance to v∗v^*v∗.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. This mission produces a Lean statement of the finite discounted MDP layer, the Bellman operator and Algorithm 1 itself (including its two-step recursion and its data-dependent branch), and a formal proof that the safeguarded iteration converges. The contraction property of TTT and the residual-to-error bound are reusable for any later value-iteration development on the platform. Three sibling missions of this series pose the paper's other main results: the rate of Accelerated Value Computation on reversible chains (Theorem 5.1), the rate of Momentum Value Computation (Theorem 5.5), and the first-order lower bound (Theorem 6.3).

Difficulty

The accelerated candidate vs+1/2v_{s+1/2}vs+1/2​ is built from two past iterates through a momentum step, and on a general MDP nothing controls it: A-VI is not a descent method, and its iterates may diverge. The natural first attempt, proving that A-VI steps contract the error, therefore fails. The difficulty in the formal setting lies elsewhere: the iterates are defined by a two-step recursion with a branch on a real inequality, so any argument must handle both branches at every period and keep the paper's indexing straight (the threshold at period sss is λ′ s+1\lambda'^{\,s+1}λ′s+1 and it compares with the residual of v0v_0v0​, not of vsv_svs​). Existence and uniqueness of v∗v^*v∗ and the contraction property of a max of affine maps also need to be established for the specific operator, from the stochasticity of PPP.

Formalization scope

States and actions are finite types, [Fintype S], [Fintype A], and [Nonempty A] so that the maximum in TTT exists. Vectors are functions S → ℝ with Mathlib's sup norm, which is ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​. Rewards are arbitrary reals. The discount factor is M.lam with 0<λ<10 < \lambda < 10<λ<1 inside MDP.Valid; the initial distribution p0p_0p0​ of the paper's tuple is omitted because no statement uses it. The optimal value function enters each statement as a vector vstar with bellman M vstar = vstar; this is not vacuous, since a valid MDP has exactly one such vector. The scalar λ′\lambda'λ′ ranges over the closed interval [λ,1)[\lambda, 1)[λ,1), and α,γ>0\alpha, \gamma > 0α,γ>0 as in Algorithm 1, although the convergence argument does not need the step sizes to be positive. The sequence savi is indexed as the paper's vsv_svs​: its recursive case s + 2 is the paper's period s+1s+1s+1, with threshold lam' ^ (s + 2). "vs=v∗+O(λ′s)v_s = v^* + O(\lambda'^s)vs​=v∗+O(λ′s) for all s≥0s \ge 0s≥0" is encoded as a single constant valid for every sss, which is stronger than an eventual big-O.

A formalization that replaced the test by the per-step condition (7.2) of Remark 7.3, used the residual of vsv_svs​ instead of v0v_0v0​, fell back to T(vs+1/2)T(v_{s+1/2})T(vs+1/2​), or allowed λ≥1\lambda \ge 1λ≥1 would be a different theorem; none of these is posed. Remark 7.4's extension to arbitrary contractions is not posed either.

The development needs the contraction property of TTT, the Banach fixed-point bound relating error and residual, and an induction over the iterates. Proofs of the milestones as separate lemmas are welcome, as are general statements about safeguarded fixed-point iterations for λ\lambdaλ-contractions that specialize to this one.

Selected references

  • V. Goyal and J. Grand-Clément, A First-Order Approach to Accelerated Value Iteration, Operations Research, 2023; preprint arXiv:1905.09963v7, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.09963
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994, reprinted 2014 (Chapter 6.3, value iteration). https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
  • Y. Nesterov, A method for solving the convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Mathematics Doklady 27, 1983.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

A First-Order Approach to Accelerated Value Iteration 3: On the n-State Chain MDP, Every First-Order Method Has ‖v_s − v*‖∞ ≥ λ^s/(1+λ) for s = 1, …, n − 1Research Paper

Motivation

Value iteration (VI) is the basic algorithm for computing the optimal value function of a discounted Markov decision process (MDP). Its error contracts by the discount factor λ\lambdaλ per step, so it needs on the order of (1−λ)−1log⁡(1/ϵ)(1-\lambda)^{-1}\log(1/\epsilon)(1−λ)−1log(1/ϵ) iterations, which is slow when λ\lambdaλ is close to 111, the regime of interest in long-horizon planning and reinforcement learning. Goyal and Grand-Clément (arXiv:1905.09963, Operations Research 2023) read VI as gradient descent on the residual map v↦v−T(v)v \mapsto v - T(v)v↦v−T(v) and import Nesterov's acceleration and heavy-ball momentum from convex optimization. In convex optimization the corresponding lower bounds of Nesterov (2004/2013) show that acceleration is optimal among first-order methods. The question this mission formalizes is the MDP counterpart: can any method that only combines past iterates and their Bellman images beat the rate λ\lambdaλ of plain VI on every MDP? Theorem 6.3 of the paper answers no.

Setting

A finite MDP consists of a state set SSS with ∣S∣=n|S| = n∣S∣=n, a finite nonempty action set AAA, transition probabilities Piaj≥0P_{iaj} \ge 0Piaj​≥0 with ∑jPiaj=1\sum_j P_{iaj} = 1∑j​Piaj​=1, rewards ria∈Rr_{ia} \in \mathbb{R}ria​∈R, and a discount factor λ∈(0,1)\lambda \in (0,1)λ∈(0,1). Its Bellman operator T:Rn→RnT : \mathbb{R}^n \to \mathbb{R}^nT:Rn→Rn is

T(v)i=max⁡a∈A{ria+λ∑jPiajvj},i∈S,T(v)_i = \max_{a \in A}\Big\{ r_{ia} + \lambda \sum_{j} P_{iaj} v_j \Big\}, \qquad i \in S,T(v)i​=a∈Amax​{ria​+λj∑​Piaj​vj​},i∈S,

a λ\lambdaλ-contraction for the sup norm ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​. Its unique fixed point v∗v^*v∗ is the optimal value function.

A sequence (vs)s≥0(v_s)_{s \ge 0}(vs​)s≥0​ in Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is a first-order sequence for TTT if

v0=0,vs+1∈span⁡{v0,…,vs,T(v0),…,T(vs)},s≥0.v_0 = 0, \qquad v_{s+1} \in \operatorname{span}\{v_0, \dots, v_s, T(v_0), \dots, T(v_s)\}, \quad s \ge 0 .v0​=0,vs+1​∈span{v0​,…,vs​,T(v0​),…,T(vs​)},s≥0.

VI from v0=0v_0 = 0v0​=0 (vs+1=T(vs)v_{s+1} = T(v_s)vs+1​=T(vs​)) and relaxed VI (vs+1=vs−αs(vs−T(vs))v_{s+1} = v_s - \alpha_s(v_s - T(v_s))vs+1​=vs​−αs​(vs​−T(vs​))) from 000 produce such sequences.

The chain MDP of Figure 1 has nnn states and a single action. State 111 is absorbing with reward r1=1r_1 = 1r1​=1; every state i≥2i \ge 2i≥2 moves deterministically to i−1i - 1i−1 and earns nothing. In Lean (namespace AccelVI.LowerBound) the MDP is MDP, validity is MDP.Valid, TTT is bellman, the chain is chainMDP n lam, and the first-order condition is IsFirstOrder T v.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3 (p. 12)

For every nnn, every λ∈(0,1)\lambda \in (0,1)λ∈(0,1), the fixed point v∗v^*v∗ of the Bellman operator TTT of the nnn-state chain, every first-order sequence (vs)(v_s)(vs​) for TTT, and every s∈{1,…,n−1}s \in \{1, \dots, n-1\}s∈{1,…,n−1},

∥vs−v∗∥∞≥λs1+λ.\|v_s - v^*\|_\infty \ge \frac{\lambda^s}{1+\lambda}.∥vs​−v∗∥∞​≥1+λλs​.

Milestones

  1. TTT is a λ\lambdaλ-contraction: ∥T(v)−T(w)∥∞≤λ∥v−w∥∞\|T(v) - T(w)\|_\infty \le \lambda\|v - w\|_\infty∥T(v)−T(w)∥∞​≤λ∥v−w∥∞​ (§2, p. 3).
  2. (3.5): (1−λ)∥v−w∥∞≤∥(I−T)(v)−(I−T)(w)∥∞(1-\lambda)\|v - w\|_\infty \le \|(I-T)(v) - (I-T)(w)\|_\infty(1−λ)∥v−w∥∞​≤∥(I−T)(v)−(I−T)(w)∥∞​ (p. 6).
  3. (3.6): ∥(I−T)(v)−(I−T)(w)∥∞≤(1+λ)∥v−w∥∞\|(I-T)(v) - (I-T)(w)\|_\infty \le (1+\lambda)\|v - w\|_\infty∥(I−T)(v)−(I−T)(w)∥∞​≤(1+λ)∥v−w∥∞​ (p. 6).
  4. On the chain, the value function is vi∗=λi−1/(1−λ)v^*_i = \lambda^{i-1}/(1-\lambda)vi∗​=λi−1/(1−λ), and it is the only fixed point of TTT (p. 12).
  5. On the chain, every first-order sequence satisfies vs,i=0v_{s,i} = 0vs,i​=0 for i≥s+1i \ge s+1i≥s+1 (p. 12).
  6. (6.2)–(6.4): on the chain, ∥vs−T(vs)∥∞≥λs\|v_s - T(v_s)\|_\infty \ge \lambda^s∥vs​−T(vs​)∥∞​≥λs for 1≤s≤n−11 \le s \le n-11≤s≤n−1 (p. 12).

Significance

The result. Theorem 6.3 shows that, measured by the number of Bellman evaluations, no first-order method improves on the worst-case rate λ\lambdaλ of value iteration uniformly over MDPs, as long as the number of steps is below the number of states. In convex optimization the analogous class admits acceleration from 1−μ/L1 - \mu/L1−μ/L to 1−μ/L1 - \sqrt{\mu/L}1−μ/L​; with μ=1−λ\mu = 1-\lambdaμ=1−λ, L=1+λL = 1+\lambdaL=1+λ, the analogue for MDPs would be a rate of about 1−1−λ1 - \sqrt{1-\lambda}1−1−λ​, and this theorem rules it out. It is the reason the paper's accelerated schemes are analysed under extra structure, such as reversible policy-evaluation chains, or are safeguarded.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. The mission produces a checked lower bound for fixed-point iterations of Bellman operators, the contraction inequalities (3.5)–(3.6) for a general finite MDP, and an explicit value function for a hard instance. The paper's other main results, Theorems 5.1, 5.5 and 7.1, are posed as the sibling missions 1, 2 and 4.

Difficulty

The obvious argument that the error is at least the contribution of states never reached fails without control of the span: the first-order class allows arbitrary real coefficients, including ones that change with sss and depend on all past iterates, so one has to show that no such combination puts mass on states beyond index sss. The support claim has to be carried through the nonlinear max in TTT, which is benign here only because the chain has a single action. The second ingredient converts a bound on a few coordinates of vs−v∗v_s - v^*vs​−v∗ into a bound in sup norm with the exact constant 1/(1+λ)1/(1+\lambda)1/(1+λ), which requires the two-sided inequalities (3.5)–(3.6) for I−TI - TI−T and the explicit value vs+1∗=λs/(1−λ)v^*_{s+1} = \lambda^s/(1-\lambda)vs+1∗​=λs/(1−λ).

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin n and are 0-based: the paper's state iii is index i−1i - 1i−1, so vi∗=λi−1/(1−λ)v^*_i = \lambda^{i-1}/(1-\lambda)vi∗​=λi−1/(1−λ) is lam ^ k / (1 - lam) at index kkk and "i≥s+1i \ge s+1i≥s+1" is s≤ks \le ks≤k. The action set of the chain is Unit.
  • ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is Mathlib's sup norm on Fin n → ℝ. "span" is the real linear span Submodule.span ℝ, with both lists running to index sss inclusive.
  • v∗v^*v∗ enters the goal through its defining equation T(v∗)=v∗T(v^*) = v^*T(v∗)=v∗; it is not replaced by the explicit vector. The initial distribution p0p_0p0​ of the paper's MDP tuple is omitted, since no result here uses it.
  • Pinned quantifiers. As printed, Theorem 6.3 asserts that there exists an MDP instance, with nnn its own number of states; read literally, an instance with n=1n = 1n=1 has no admissible sss. The proof fixes an arbitrary nnn and λ∈(0,1)\lambda \in (0,1)λ∈(0,1) and uses the chain. The goal states that claim for every nnn and λ\lambdaλ on the explicit chain, which implies the printed form.
  • n−1n - 1n−1 is natural-number subtraction, so the goal has content exactly when n≥2n \ge 2n≥2.
  • The goal's constant is λs/(1+λ)\lambda^s/(1+\lambda)λs/(1+λ) as printed; the sharper bound λs/(1−λ)\lambda^s/(1-\lambda)λs/(1−λ), which the proof's chain also gives, is not the target.
  • The Bellman operator and the kernel condition are the published platform definitions FoundationsML_ReinforcementLearning_BellmanOperator and FoundationsML_ReinforcementLearning_IsTransitionKernel.
  • A trivializing formalization would take an unsatisfiable fixed-point hypothesis or an empty first-order class. Both are satisfiable: the explicit vector is a fixed point (milestone 4), and VI from 000 is first-order.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the contraction inequalities for general finite MDPs (reusable by every Bellman-operator mission), of the support recursion, and of the final chain of inequalities.

Selected references

  • V. Goyal and J. Grand-Clément, A First-Order Approach to Accelerated Value Iteration, Operations Research 71(2), 2023; preprint arXiv:1905.09963v7, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.09963
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994/2014. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Dynamic Model for Managing Volunteer Engagement II: The Bellman Solution in Closed Form Between Consecutive Engagement ThresholdsResearch Paper

Motivation

Non-profit organizations such as food banks run on volunteer labour. Volunteers sign up for shifts, wait on a sign-up list, work, rest, and may or may not return; the organization can spend money on engagement activities (reminders, recognition events, recruitment drives) that raise the rate at which volunteers come back or arrive. Spending too little leaves shifts unstaffed; spending too much wastes a scarce budget. Ata, Tongarlak, Lee and Field (arXiv:2312.02920, Operations Research, 2024) model this as a multiclass queueing network, pass to a heavy-traffic limit, and obtain a one-dimensional drift-rate control problem: a reflected diffusion for the scaled workload whose drift is chosen, at a cost, from an interval of feasible drifts. The optimal policy they derive is a nested threshold policy: as the workload falls below successive thresholds τ1>τ2>⋯>τL\tau_1>\tau_2>\dots>\tau_Lτ1​>τ2​>⋯>τL​, one more engagement activity is switched on.

To compute that policy one needs the thresholds, and the paper obtains them from a closed-form description of the solution of the Bellman equation between consecutive thresholds. That closed form, Proposition 3 of the paper, is the goal of this mission. A companion mission formalizes Theorem 1, the existence of a solution of the same Bellman equation.

Setting

There are L≥1L\ge1L≥1 engagement activities. The data are a lowest drift θ0<0\theta_0<0θ0​<0, drift increments η1,…,ηL>0\eta_1,\dots,\eta_L>0η1​,…,ηL​>0, per-unit-drift costs 0<c1<c2<⋯<cL<p0<c_1<c_2<\dots<c_L<p0<c1​<c2​<⋯<cL​<p, an idleness cost rate ppp, a mean-reversion rate κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 and a volatility σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. The breakpoints are

θl=θ0+∑i=1lηi,l=0,…,L,\theta_l=\theta_0+\sum_{i=1}^{l}\eta_i,\qquad l=0,\dots,L,θl​=θ0​+i=1∑l​ηi​,l=0,…,L,

and the feasible drifts form the interval A=[θ0,θL]A=[\theta_0,\theta_L]A=[θ0​,θL​]. The engagement cost c:A→R+c:A\to\mathbb R_+c:A→R+​ is the convex, increasing, piecewise linear function with c(θ0)=0c(\theta_0)=0c(θ0​)=0 and slope clc_lcl​ on (θl−1,θl](\theta_{l-1},\theta_l](θl−1​,θl​]:

c(x)=∑i=1l−1ciηi+cl(x−θl−1),θl−1<x≤θl.c(x)=\sum_{i=1}^{l-1}c_i\eta_i+c_l(x-\theta_{l-1}),\qquad \theta_{l-1}<x\le\theta_l .c(x)=i=1∑l−1​ci​ηi​+cl​(x−θl−1​),θl−1​<x≤θl​.

Its convex conjugate is

ϕ(y)=sup⁡x∈A{yx−c(x)},y∈R.\phi(y)=\sup_{x\in A}\{yx-c(x)\},\qquad y\in\mathbb R .ϕ(y)=x∈Asup​{yx−c(x)},y∈R.

The Bellman equation of the drift-rate control problem asks for a constant β>0\beta>0β>0 and a continuously differentiable function vvv on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with

β=12σ2v′(x)+xκ (p−v(x))−ϕ(p−v(x)),x≥0,\beta=\tfrac12\sigma^2v'(x)+x\kappa\,\big(p-v(x)\big)-\phi\big(p-v(x)\big),\qquad x\ge0,β=21​σ2v′(x)+xκ(p−v(x))−ϕ(p−v(x)),x≥0,

such that v(0)=0v(0)=0v(0)=0, vvv is strictly increasing, and v(x)→pv(x)\to pv(x)→p as x→∞x\to\inftyx→∞. Here β\betaβ is the optimal long-run average cost and v=g′v=g'v=g′ is the derivative of the transformed relative value function ggg of the paper's §4 (p. 20).

Put c^l=cl\hat c_l=c_lc^l​=cl​ for l=1,…,Ll=1,\dots,Ll=1,…,L and c^L+1=p\hat c_{L+1}=pc^L+1​=p. Since vvv is strictly increasing from 000 towards ppp, each level p−c^l∈(0,p)p-\hat c_l\in(0,p)p−c^l​∈(0,p) is attained exactly once; the thresholds are

τl=v−1(p−c^l),l=1,…,L,τL+1=0,τ0=∞.\tau_l=v^{-1}(p-\hat c_l),\quad l=1,\dots,L,\qquad \tau_{L+1}=0,\qquad \tau_0=\infty .τl​=v−1(p−c^l​),l=1,…,L,τL+1​=0,τ0​=∞.

With Φ\PhiΦ the standard normal cumulative distribution function, the paper defines for l=1,…,L+1l=1,\dots,L+1l=1,…,L+1

ul(x)=p−c^lexp⁡{−2θl−1(x−τl)+κ(x2−τl2)σ2}+2(β−c(θl−1))πσκexp⁡{(κx−θl−1)2κσ2}[Φ(κx−θl−1σκ/2)−Φ(κτl−θl−1σκ/2)].u_l(x)=p-\hat c_l\exp\Big\{\tfrac{-2\theta_{l-1}(x-\tau_l)+\kappa(x^2-\tau_l^2)}{\sigma^2}\Big\}+\tfrac{2(\beta-c(\theta_{l-1}))\sqrt\pi}{\sigma\sqrt\kappa}\exp\Big\{\tfrac{(\kappa x-\theta_{l-1})^2}{\kappa\sigma^2}\Big\}\Big[\Phi\Big(\tfrac{\kappa x-\theta_{l-1}}{\sigma\sqrt{\kappa/2}}\Big)-\Phi\Big(\tfrac{\kappa\tau_l-\theta_{l-1}}{\sigma\sqrt{\kappa/2}}\Big)\Big].ul​(x)=p−c^l​exp{σ2−2θl−1​(x−τl​)+κ(x2−τl2​)​}+σκ​2(β−c(θl−1​))π​​exp{κσ2(κx−θl−1​)2​}[Φ(σκ/2​κx−θl−1​​)−Φ(σκ/2​κτl​−θl−1​​)].

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 25)

For every solution (β,v)(\beta,v)(β,v) of the Bellman equation and every l=1,…,L+1l=1,\dots,L+1l=1,…,L+1,

v(x)=ul(x)for all x∈[τl,τl−1).v(x)=u_l(x)\qquad\text{for all }x\in[\tau_l,\tau_{l-1}).v(x)=ul​(x)for all x∈[τl​,τl−1​).

The statement fixes nothing beyond the model: it holds for any solution, with the thresholds defined from that solution.

Milestones

  1. (E9), Online Supplement p. 13: the conjugate is piecewise linear,
ϕ(y)=θ0y (y≤c1),ϕ(y)=θm−1y−c(θm−1) (cm−1<y≤cm),ϕ(y)=θLy−c(θL) (y>cL).\phi(y)=\theta_0y\ (y\le c_1),\qquad \phi(y)=\theta_{m-1}y-c(\theta_{m-1})\ (c_{m-1}<y\le c_m),\qquad \phi(y)=\theta_Ly-c(\theta_L)\ (y>c_L).ϕ(y)=θ0​y (y≤c1​),ϕ(y)=θm−1​y−c(θm−1​) (cm−1​<y≤cm​),ϕ(y)=θL​y−c(θL​) (y>cL​).
  1. Lemma 2(i), (D1), Online Supplement p. 9: for κ,σ>0\kappa,\sigma>0κ,σ>0,
∫τxe(2θz−κz2)/σ2 dz=σπκeθ2/(κσ2)[Φ(x−θ/κσ/2κ)−Φ(τ−θ/κσ/2κ)].\int_\tau^x e^{(2\theta z-\kappa z^2)/\sigma^2}\,dz=\frac{\sigma\sqrt\pi}{\sqrt\kappa}e^{\theta^2/(\kappa\sigma^2)}\Big[\Phi\Big(\tfrac{x-\theta/\kappa}{\sigma/\sqrt{2\kappa}}\Big)-\Phi\Big(\tfrac{\tau-\theta/\kappa}{\sigma/\sqrt{2\kappa}}\Big)\Big].∫τx​e(2θz−κz2)/σ2dz=κ​σπ​​eθ2/(κσ2)[Φ(σ/2κ​x−θ/κ​)−Φ(σ/2κ​τ−θ/κ​)].
  1. Lemma 2(ii), (D2), Online Supplement p. 9: the companion formula for ∫τxz e(2θz−κz2)/σ2dz\int_\tau^x z\,e^{(2\theta z-\kappa z^2)/\sigma^2}dz∫τx​ze(2θz−κz2)/σ2dz.

Significance

The result. Proposition 3 turns the nested threshold policy into something computable. Evaluating ulu_lul​ at the right end of its interval and inverting gives τl−1\tau_{l-1}τl−1​ from τl\tau_lτl​, so the thresholds τL,τL−1,…,τ1\tau_L,\tau_{L-1},\dots,\tau_1τL​,τL−1​,…,τ1​ follow by a one-dimensional recursion once β\betaβ is known. The paper's simulation study of a food bank (§5) uses these thresholds to set engagement policy. The result also shows that the value-function derivative, although defined through a nonlinear equation involving a supremum, is an explicit combination of Gaussian-type functions on each threshold interval.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper (Online Supplement §D); no machine-checked version of it, of the conjugate formula (E9), or of the truncated Gaussian integrals (D1)–(D2) is known to exist. A formal proof checks the transcription of a long explicit formula with many constants, which is exactly where printed closed forms tend to go wrong, and produces reusable pieces: the conjugate of a convex piecewise linear function and two interval-integral identities for the normal cdf.

Difficulty

The Bellman equation is nonlinear in vvv through ϕ(p−v)\phi(p-v)ϕ(p−v). The obvious approach, solving it directly, fails because ϕ\phiϕ has no single formula. What makes it tractable is that on [τl,τl−1)[\tau_l,\tau_{l-1})[τl​,τl−1​) the argument p−v(x)p-v(x)p−v(x) stays in one linearity interval of ϕ\phiϕ; this is a property of the solution, derived from its monotonicity and the definition of the thresholds, not a hypothesis. A complete proof must therefore combine the piecewise description of a supremum, a uniqueness argument for a linear first-order equation on a half-open interval (with the one-sided derivative at the left end and, for l=1l=1l=1, an unbounded interval), and the evaluation of Gaussian integrals over finite intervals in terms of the normal cdf, matching every constant of the printed formula. The two expressions for the Φ\PhiΦ arguments, (κx−θ)/(σκ/2)(\kappa x-\theta)/(\sigma\sqrt{\kappa/2})(κx−θ)/(σκ/2​) in ulu_lul​ and (x−θ/κ)/(σ/2κ)(x-\theta/\kappa)/(\sigma/\sqrt{2\kappa})(x−θ/κ)/(σ/2κ​) in (D1)–(D2), are equal, but the identification must be made.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace VolunteerEngage.Thresholds, Lean 4 with Mathlib.

  • The parameters form a structure Model; η\etaη and ccc are N\mathbb NN-indexed sequences of which the indices 1,…,L1,\dots,L1,…,L are used. The standing assumptions (L≥1L\ge1L≥1, θ0<0\theta_0<0θ0​<0, ηl>0\eta_l>0ηl​>0, 0<c1<⋯<cL<p0<c_1<\dots<c_L<p0<c1​<⋯<cL​<p, p>0p>0p>0, κ>0\kappa>0κ>0, σ>0\sigma>0σ>0) form the predicate Standing, a hypothesis of every model-level theorem. The paper states them in the model's derivation ((15), (24), (42), (43), (50), p. 18) rather than for the abstract control problem.
  • The cost (52) is written as one sum, equal to (52) on AAA; values off AAA are never used. ϕ\phiϕ is the supremum (66) over AAA, never its closed form, so (E9) is a genuine statement.
  • A solution of the Bellman equation includes β>0\beta>0β>0 and a pair (v,v′)(v,v')(v,v′) with v′v'v′ continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and the one-sided derivative of vvv within [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) at every point. "Increasing" is strict.
  • The thresholds enter the goal as a sequence τ\tauτ with τL+1=0\tau_{L+1}=0τL+1​=0 and, for l≤Ll\le Ll≤L, τl≥0\tau_l\ge0τl​≥0 and v(τl)=p−c^lv(\tau_l)=p-\hat c_lv(τl​)=p−c^l​; strict monotonicity makes this the definition τl=v−1(p−c^l)\tau_l=v^{-1}(p-\hat c_l)τl​=v−1(p−c^l​), so the proposition's clause "τl=v−1(p−c^l)\tau_l=v^{-1}(p-\hat c_l)τl​=v−1(p−c^l​)", which restates that definition, is not posed separately. τ0=∞\tau_0=\inftyτ0​=∞ is encoded by dropping the upper bound for l=1l=1l=1.
  • The goal is stated for every solution (β,v)(\beta,v)(β,v); β>0\beta>0β>0 is part of the solution predicate, as on p. 21. It is not vacuous: the companion mission's goal (Theorem 1) asserts that a solution exists. A formalization that assumed the closed form of ϕ\phiϕ, that p−vp-vp−v stays in one linearity interval, or that took ulu_lul​ as the definition of vvv would make the goal trivial and is ruled out.
  • Φ\PhiΦ is the published definition Cohen2019.Robust.Phi, which is Mathlib's cdf (gaussianReal 0 1). Integrals in (D1)–(D2) are oriented interval integrals of continuous functions.

The source is the arXiv preprint v2 including its Online Supplement. The queueing network (§2) and the Brownian control problem (§3) motivate the Bellman equation but are not part of any formal statement; the optimality of the threshold policy (Theorem 2) is not formalized here. Proofs of any milestone, of the goal, and general lemmas on conjugates of piecewise linear functions or on Gaussian integrals over intervals are welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Ata, M. H. Tongarlak, D. Lee, J. Field, A Dynamic Model for Managing Volunteer Engagement, arXiv:2312.02920v2, 2023; Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2312.02920
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Analytical Solution to a Partially Observable Machine Maintenance Problem with Obvious Failures: The Optimal Maintenance Frontier Has Six Possible StructuresResearch Paper

Motivation

Machines in production lines deteriorate in ways that are only partly visible. A machine may run in a degraded state that raises costs without announcing itself, and eventually fail in a way that cannot be missed. The decision maker must choose between continuing production, paying for an inspection that reveals the hidden state, and replacing the machine preventively. Models of this kind are partially observable Markov decision processes (POMDPs), and for POMDPs closed-form optimal policies are rare: the value function lives on the space of beliefs and is usually only computed numerically.

H. Zhang and W. Zhang, Analytical Solution to a Partially Observable Machine Maintenance Problem with Obvious Failures (Management Science, 2022; read here as SSRN 2945049, version of 2022-08-21), solve the classical two-state version of this problem completely. Working in the dual "efficient frontier" framework of Zhang (2010), they show that the optimal solution has exactly six possible structures and give each in closed form, with explicit or implicitly characterized thresholds on the replacement and inspection costs.

Setting

A machine is in a hidden state x∈{0,1}x\in\{0,1\}x∈{0,1} (good or bad) or in the observable failure state FFF. Each period, if the machine has failed it is replaced correctively at cost cFc^FcF; otherwise one of three actions is chosen:

  • production PPP costs 000 in state 0 and cPc^PcP in state 1;
  • inspection III costs cIc^IcI and reveals the current state;
  • preventive replacement RRR costs cRc^RcR and resets the machine to state 0.

Production always takes place. From state 0 the machine moves to state 1 with probability γ0\gamma_0γ0​; from state 1 it fails with probability γ1\gamma_1γ1​. Write γˉx=1−γx\bar\gamma_x=1-\gamma_xγˉ​x​=1−γx​, p0=(γˉ0,γ0)′\mathbf p_0=(\bar\gamma_0,\gamma_0)'p0​=(γˉ​0​,γ0​)′, p1=(0,γˉ1)′\mathbf p_1=(0,\bar\gamma_1)'p1​=(0,γˉ​1​)′, gP(uF)=(0,cP+βγ1uF)′\mathbf g^P(u_F)=(0,c^P+\beta\gamma_1u_F)'gP(uF​)=(0,cP+βγ1​uF​)′, gI(uF)=(cI,cI+βγ1uF)′\mathbf g^I(u_F)=(c^I,c^I+\beta\gamma_1u_F)'gI(uF​)=(cI,cI+βγ1​uF​)′ and PPu=(p0′u,p1′u)′\mathbf P^P\mathbf u=(\mathbf p_0'\mathbf u,\mathbf p_1'\mathbf u)'PPu=(p0′​u,p1′​u)′. Costs are discounted by β\betaβ over an infinite horizon.

A continuation-cost vector u=(u0,u1)′\mathbf u=(u_0,u_1)'u=(u0​,u1​)′ records the cost of a continuation policy from each hidden state, and uFu_FuF​ the cost after a failure. The expected optimal cost at an (unnormalized) belief π=(π0,π1)′≥0\boldsymbol\pi=(\pi_0,\pi_1)'\ge0π=(π0​,π1​)′≥0 is V(π)=min⁡u∈U∗π′uV(\boldsymbol\pi)=\min_{\mathbf u\in U^*}\boldsymbol\pi'\mathbf uV(π)=minu∈U∗​π′u, where U∗U^*U∗ is the set of extreme points of the efficient frontier. The pair (U∗,uF∗)(U^*,u^*_F)(U∗,uF∗​) is the fixed point of the dual value iteration (12)–(16). In support-function form, a pair (W,wF)(W,w_F)(W,wF​) is mapped to

W′(π)=min⁡{π′gP(wF)+βW((PP)′π), (π0+π1)(cR+βW(p0)), π′gI(wF)+β(π0W(p0)+π1W(p1))},W'(\boldsymbol\pi)=\min\Big\{\boldsymbol\pi'\mathbf g^P(w_F)+\beta W\big((\mathbf P^P)'\boldsymbol\pi\big),\ (\pi_0+\pi_1)\big(c^R+\beta W(\mathbf p_0)\big),\ \boldsymbol\pi'\mathbf g^I(w_F)+\beta\big(\pi_0W(\mathbf p_0)+\pi_1W(\mathbf p_1)\big)\Big\},W′(π)=min{π′gP(wF​)+βW((PP)′π), (π0​+π1​)(cR+βW(p0​)), π′gI(wF​)+β(π0​W(p0​)+π1​W(p1​))}, wF′=cF+βW(p0),w_F'=c^F+\beta W(\mathbf p_0),wF′​=cF+βW(p0​),

the three terms being PPP, RRR and III. A finite set UUU with a number uFu_FuF​ is the optimal solution for an action set if value iteration from zero terminal costs converges to min⁡u∈Uπ′u\min_{\mathbf u\in U}\boldsymbol\pi'\mathbf uminu∈U​π′u for every π≥0\boldsymbol\pi\ge0π≥0 and to uFu_FuF​ after a failure.

The structures are built from two point sequences. The production sequence is ui+1=gP(uF)+βPPui\mathbf u_{i+1}=\mathbf g^P(u_F)+\beta\mathbf P^P\mathbf u_iui+1​=gP(uF​)+βPPui​. Started on the diagonal at (uR,uR)′(u^R,u^R)'(uR,uR)′ with uF=uR+cF−cRu_F=u^R+c^F-c^RuF​=uR+cF−cR, the self-consistency equation uR=cR+βp0′umu^R=c^R+\beta\mathbf p_0'\mathbf u_muR=cR+βp0′​um​ has a unique solution uR=f(m)u^R=f(m)uR=f(m) (31). Started instead at the inspection point (35), it gives g(m)g(m)g(m) (40).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (pp. 27–28, Table 1)

Let θ=cP+βγ1cF1−β+β(γ0+γ1)\theta=\dfrac{c^P+\beta\gamma_1c^F}{1-\beta+\beta(\gamma_0+\gamma_1)}θ=1−β+β(γ0​+γ1​)cP+βγ1​cF​ and c^=(1+βγ0)cP−βγˉ1(1−β+βγ0+βγ1)cR+β2γ1γˉ1cF\hat c=(1+\beta\gamma_0)c^P-\beta\bar\gamma_1(1-\beta+\beta\gamma_0+\beta\gamma_1)c^R+\beta^2\gamma_1\bar\gamma_1c^Fc^=(1+βγ0​)cP−βγˉ​1​(1−β+βγ0​+βγ1​)cR+β2γ1​γˉ​1​cF. Under {P,I,R}\{P,I,R\}{P,I,R}:

cR≥θ ⇒ [P];γ0γ1θ≤cR<θ ⇒ R[P], IR[P] or [PIR] by explicit thresholds on cI;c^R\ge\theta\ \Rightarrow\ [P];\qquad \tfrac{\gamma_0}{\gamma_1}\theta\le c^R<\theta\ \Rightarrow\ R[P],\ IR[P]\ \text{or}\ [PIR]\ \text{by explicit thresholds on }c^I;cR≥θ ⇒ [P];γ1​γ0​​θ≤cR<θ ⇒ R[P], IR[P] or [PIR] by explicit thresholds on cI; cR<min⁡{γ0γ1θ,θ} ⇒ ∃ 0<c^1≤c^2<cR: [PR], I[PR] or [PIR] as cI≥c^2, c^1≤cI<c^2, cI<c^1,c^R<\min\{\tfrac{\gamma_0}{\gamma_1}\theta,\theta\}\ \Rightarrow\ \exists\,0<\hat c_1\le\hat c_2<c^R:\ [PR],\ I[PR]\ \text{or}\ [PIR]\ \text{as}\ c^I\ge\hat c_2,\ \hat c_1\le c^I<\hat c_2,\ c^I<\hat c_1,cR<min{γ1​γ0​​θ,θ} ⇒ ∃0<c^1​≤c^2​<cR: [PR], I[PR] or [PIR] as cI≥c^2​, c^1​≤cI<c^2​, cI<c^1​,

with every structure an explicit pair (U∗,uF∗)(U^*,u^*_F)(U∗,uF∗​) from Table 1, and the thresholds characterized implicitly (uI†\mathbf u^{I\dagger}uI† on the frontier of U†U^\daggerU† at cI=c^2c^I=\hat c_2cI=c^2​; min⁡f=min⁡g\min f=\min gminf=ming at cI=c^1c^I=\hat c_1cI=c^1​).

Milestones

Proposition 2 (the fixed-point equations), Proposition 3 (the cost of producing forever), Lemma 1 and Lemma 6 (the two sequences in closed form), Lemma 3 and Lemma 7 (the anchors fff and ggg), Proposition 4 (unimodality of fff), Theorem 1 (the two-action solution: [P][P][P], R[P]R[P]R[P], [PR][PR][PR], with extreme-point exactness) and Lemma 5 (when inspection enters).

Significance

The result. The theorem turns a POMDP into a finite list of explicit policies. Each structure is a periodic plan that needs no belief updating: produce for m†m^\daggerm† periods and replace; or inspect every m∗m^*m∗ periods and replace only if the machine is found bad. The thresholds tell when inspection is worth its cost, and the comparative statics of m†m^\daggerm† and m∗m^*m∗ follow from the closed forms. The authors use the solution to justify common maintenance practices.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper (main text §4, proofs in its e-companion, App. A); no part is machine-checked. The proofs of Theorems 1 and 2 argue geometrically from figures of convex curves in the plane ("the curve bends back", "all the points are still extreme points"). A formal development has to turn these into inequalities between piecewise-linear concave functions, and has to prove convergence of value iteration to the stated sets. The implicit thresholds of part (3) were not checked numerically when this mission was planned. Parts (1) and (2) and Theorem 1 were.

Difficulty

Verifying that a candidate set UUU is a fixed point is not enough: the goal asserts that value iteration from zero converges to it, so uniqueness of the bounded fixed point must be proved (a contraction argument in the supremum norm over the simplex). More importantly, finding the frontier requires knowing which points of the infinite production sequence are extreme, which depends on the location of the anchor relative to the curve {ui:i≥0}\{\mathbf u_i:i\ge0\}{ui​:i≥0} (Fig. 5 of the paper, five subcases). The natural induction on mmm fails because fff is not monotone: its least minimizer m†m^\daggerm† must be located through the unimodality of the real extension (Proposition 4). In part (3) the thresholds c^1,c^2\hat c_1,\hat c_2c^1​,c^2​ are defined implicitly, and showing that the three regimes are ordered in cIc^IcI requires monotonicity of the whole frontier in cIc^IcI.

Formalization scope

Everything is defined in the namespace MaintPOMDP.Frontier. Vectors and beliefs are Fin 2 → ℝ (index 0 = good state); beliefs are unnormalized, π≥0\boldsymbol\pi\ge0π≥0. The optimal solution is the limit of the support-function value iteration started from W≡0W\equiv0W≡0, wF=0w_F=0wF​=0; "the structure is X" means that this limit equals min⁡\minmin over the points of row X of Table 1, with the failure cost of that row.

Standing assumptions: 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, 0<cP<cI<cR<cF0<c^P<c^I<c^R<c^F0<cP<cI<cR<cF (p. 14), and 0<γ0<10<\gamma_0<10<γ0​<1, 0<γ1<10<\gamma_1<10<γ1​<1, which the paper never states and which are added (the thresholds divide by γ1\gamma_1γ1​). The hypothesis γ0≠γ1\gamma_0\ne\gamma_1γ0​=γ1​ is added only to Lemmas 1, 3, 6, 7 and Proposition 4, whose printed formulas divide by γ1−γ0\gamma_1-\gamma_0γ1​−γ0​; fff and ggg themselves are defined as solutions of the affine anchor equations, so Theorems 1 and 2 cover γ0=γ1\gamma_0=\gamma_1γ0​=γ1​. Proposition 4 also carries the range of cRc^RcR that its proof uses. "m†=arg⁡min⁡fm^\dagger=\arg\min fm†=argminf" is the least minimizer, and its existence is part of the conclusion. In Theorem 2, the indices nR,nIn_R,n_InR​,nI​ of Table 1 are existential and extreme-point exactness is not asserted for the I[PR]I[PR]I[PR] and [PIR][PIR][PIR] rows (Table 1's I[PR]I[PR]I[PR] row conflicts with the paper's Proposition 8). It is asserted in Theorem 1. In part (3) the thresholds are chosen before cIc^IcI and the claims hold for every cI∈(cP,cR)c^I\in(c^P,c^R)cI∈(cP,cR).

Trivializing readings are ruled out: the value function is the limit of the iterates, not an arbitrary fixed point or a junk limit; identities hold for every belief π≥0\boldsymbol\pi\ge0π≥0, not only at vertices; every frontier set is given by formulas, so no extra points can be slipped in; minimizers are asserted, not assumed; and thresholds involving γ0/γ1\gamma_0/\gamma_1γ0​/γ1​ are evaluated with γ1>0\gamma_1>0γ1​>0.

A complete development needs convergence of value iteration for a monotone contraction on bounded functions over the cone π≥0\boldsymbol\pi\ge0π≥0, explicit solutions of two-dimensional linear recurrences, and lemmas on lower envelopes of finitely many linear functions in two variables. These are reusable beyond this mission, for other two-state POMDPs. Contributions of any milestone, of the γ0 = γ1 closed forms (App. B), or of a proof of Theorem 1 alone are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Zhang, W. Zhang, Analytical Solution to a Partially Observable Machine Maintenance Problem with Obvious Failures, Management Science, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4547 (read as SSRN 2945049, https://ssrn.com/abstract=2945049)
  • H. Zhang, Partially Observable Markov Decision Processes: A Geometric Technique and Analysis, Operations Research 58(1), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0697
  • R. D. Smallwood, E. J. Sondik, The Optimal Control of Partially Observable Markov Processes over a Finite Horizon, Operations Research 21(5), 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.5.1071
  • S. M. Ross, Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 17(9), 1971. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.17.9.587
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand 5: When Consumers Ignore Gains (c_i⁻ ≥ c_i⁺ = 0) the Optimal Pricing Policy Admits a Steady StateResearch Paper

Reference prices and promotion-insensitive consumers

Consumers judge a price against a reference price, an internal standard formed from the prices they have seen before. A price above the reference is perceived as a loss and a price below it as a gain. When gains and losses weigh differently, the seller's current price shapes tomorrow's demand, and dynamic pricing becomes a sequential decision problem. A central question in this literature is whether the seller should hold a constant price in the long run or keep cycling through high and low prices.

For a single product, classic results show that loss aversion favours constant prices (Fibich, Gavious and Lowengart 2003; Popescu and Wu 2007; Nasiry and Popescu 2011). Hu and Nasiry (2018) showed that individual loss aversion need not carry over to aggregate demand, and under logit demand Jiang, Cao and Shen (2022, Proposition 5) found loss-averse single-product settings in which cyclic pricing is optimal. Guo, Jiang and Shen (2025) study the multi-product version under multinomial logit demand. For general parameters they show that an optimal steady state may fail to exist. This mission formalizes their positive result for one market: consumers who ignore gains, i.e. who do not respond to discounts. The paper motivates this case with luxury goods, where promotions can signal declining prestige.

Setting

A seller offers products N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}. Product iii has intrinsic utility ai∈Ra_i\in\mathbb Rai​∈R, price sensitivity bi>0b_i>0bi​>0 and reference sensitivities ci+≥0c_i^+\ge0ci+​≥0 (to gains) and ci−≥0c_i^-\ge0ci−​≥0 (to losses). At price vector p\mathbf pp and reference price vector r\mathbf rr, the utility of product iii is

ui(p,r)=ai−bipi+ci+(ri−pi)+−ci−(pi−ri)+,u_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=a_i-b_ip_i+c_i^+(r_i-p_i)_+-c_i^-(p_i-r_i)_+ ,ui​(p,r)=ai​−bi​pi​+ci+​(ri​−pi​)+​−ci−​(pi​−ri​)+​,

with (x)+=max⁡{x,0}(x)_+=\max\{x,0\}(x)+​=max{x,0}. The multinomial logit market share and the single-period revenue are

qi(p,r)=eui(p,r)1+∑k∈Neuk(p,r),Π(p,r)=∑i∈Npi qi(p,r).q_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=\frac{e^{u_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)}}{1+\sum_{k\in N}e^{u_k(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)}},\qquad \Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=\sum_{i\in N}p_i\,q_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r).qi​(p,r)=1+∑k∈N​euk​(p,r)eui​(p,r)​,Π(p,r)=i∈N∑​pi​qi​(p,r).

Prices and reference prices lie in the admissible box Pn=[0,pH]n\mathcal P^n=[0,p_H]^nPn=[0,pH​]n with pH>0p_H>0pH​>0. Reference prices follow exponential smoothing with memory α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1]: rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt\mathbf r^{t+1}=\alpha\mathbf r^t+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p^trt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt. Revenue is discounted at rate β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1), and the optimal value from reference price r0\mathbf r^0r0 is

V⋆(r0)=sup⁡(pt)t≥0⊂Pn∑t≥0βt Π(pt,rt).V^\star(\mathbf r^0)=\sup_{(\mathbf p^t)_{t\ge0}\subset\mathcal P^n}\sum_{t\ge0}\beta^t\,\Pi(\mathbf p^t,\mathbf r^t).V⋆(r0)=(pt)t≥0​⊂Pnsup​t≥0∑​βtΠ(pt,rt).

The myopic policy pm(r)\mathbf p^m(\mathbf r)pm(r) maximises Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,\mathbf r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn. An optimal steady state (Definition 4) is a price p⋆⋆∈Pn\mathbf p^{\star\star}\in\mathcal P^np⋆⋆∈Pn fixed by the optimal policy: holding the price at p⋆⋆\mathbf p^{\star\star}p⋆⋆ forever is optimal when the reference price is p⋆⋆\mathbf p^{\star\star}p⋆⋆.

Throughout §3–§4 the paper assumes the price ceiling is large enough: pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, where p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ is the root of

p=χ+∑i∈N1bi+ci+exp⁡(ai−bip+(bi+ci+)χ−1),χ=max⁡i∈N1bi+min⁡{ci+,ci−}.p=\chi+\sum_{i\in N}\frac{1}{b_i+c_i^+}\exp\big(a_i-b_ip+(b_i+c_i^+)\chi-1\big),\qquad \chi=\max_{i\in N}\frac{1}{b_i+\min\{c_i^+,c_i^-\}} .p=χ+i∈N∑​bi​+ci+​1​exp(ai​−bi​p+(bi​+ci+​)χ−1),χ=i∈Nmax​bi​+min{ci+​,ci−​}1​.

Under this assumption the ceiling does not bind for the myopic problem.

Consumers are promotion-insensitive when ci+=0c_i^+=0ci+​=0 for every iii: a price below the reference brings no extra utility, while a price above it is penalised at rate ci−≥0c_i^-\ge0ci−​≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 24)

If ci−≥ci+=0c_i^-\ge c_i^+=0ci−​≥ci+​=0 for all i∈Ni\in Ni∈N, then there exists p⋆⋆∈Pn\mathbf p^{\star\star}\in\mathcal P^np⋆⋆∈Pn with

V⋆(p⋆⋆)≤Π(p⋆⋆,p⋆⋆)1−β.V^\star(\mathbf p^{\star\star})\le\frac{\Pi(\mathbf p^{\star\star},\mathbf p^{\star\star})}{1-\beta}.V⋆(p⋆⋆)≤1−βΠ(p⋆⋆,p⋆⋆)​.

This holds for all parameters, memory and discount factors satisfying the hypotheses.

Milestone: the §4.2.1 observation (p. 24)

Under ci+=0c_i^+=0ci+​=0 there is p⋆⋆∈Pn\mathbf p^{\star\star}\in\mathcal P^np⋆⋆∈Pn that is a fixed point of the myopic policy and whose diagonal pair attains the largest single-period revenue:

Π(p,r)≤Π(p⋆⋆,p⋆⋆)for all p,r∈Pn.\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)\le\Pi(\mathbf p^{\star\star},\mathbf p^{\star\star})\qquad\text{for all }\mathbf p,\mathbf r\in\mathcal P^n .Π(p,r)≤Π(p⋆⋆,p⋆⋆)for all p,r∈Pn.

Significance

Theorem 6 is the only general existence result for optimal steady states in the paper. Theorem 4 shows that a single gain-seeking product rules out any optimal steady state. Theorem 5 constrains where a steady state can lie when there is no gain-seeking product, but it does not say that one exists. Theorem 6 settles existence for promotion-insensitive markets, for every number of products and every parameter value: constant pricing is optimal in the long run regardless of parameters and initial reference prices. This holds even though the aggregate logit demand can be more sensitive to gains than to losses in some regions, which is exactly the situation in which earlier general guarantees for constant pricing do not apply.

The result is proved in the paper's online supplement (App. C.5), which is not part of the source file used here. It has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires the first Lean treatment of reference-dependent MNL revenue, with a kinked utility, an outside option and an exponentially smoothed state. It also requires a sequence-form optimal value function for a deterministic infinite-horizon problem with a continuous state. The other missions of this series (myopic dynamics, optimality gap, gain-seeking cycles, steady-state structure, multi- versus single-price policies) use the same objects.

Difficulty

Π(p,r)\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)Π(p,r) is neither concave nor monotone in a convenient way. Setting c+=0c^+=0c+=0 does not simply make the reference price irrelevant. Lowering a product's utility raises the logit revenue when that product's price is below the current revenue level, so a larger loss term can help. The joint maximisation over (p,r)(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)(p,r) therefore does not reduce to "take r≥p\mathbf r\ge\mathbf pr≥p". The diagonal maximiser must also lie inside the box, and that is where the ceiling assumption pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, which involves the transcendental equation (9), enters. Finally, an optimal steady state is a statement about the infinite-horizon optimum V⋆V^\starV⋆, a supremum over all price sequences. It is not about the myopic policy, and a myopic fixed point is not in general an optimal steady state.

Formalization scope

Products are indexed by Fin n (the paper's product iii is index i−1i-1i−1), and vectors are Fin n → ℝ. The market shares (3) are defined directly. The Gumbel random-utility derivation is motivation only. Every statement carries the standing hypotheses of §2:

  • bi>0b_i>0bi​>0 and ci±≥0c_i^\pm\ge0ci±​≥0 for all iii;
  • α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] and β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1) (Theorem 6 only);
  • pH>0p_H>0pH​>0;
  • the ceiling assumption, stated as "some root p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ of (9) satisfies p^H≤pH\hat p_H\le p_Hp^​H​≤pH​", where χ\chiχ is a supremum over Fin n (zero when n=0n=0n=0).

V⋆V^\starV⋆ is the supremum of the discounted revenue over all admissible price sequences rather than over stationary policies. For this deterministic problem with continuous revenue on a compact box the two values coincide. Optimal policies need not be unique, so an optimal steady state is stated as optimality of the constant price path: x∈Pn\mathbf x\in\mathcal P^nx∈Pn and V⋆(x)≤Π(x,x)/(1−β)V^\star(\mathbf x)\le\Pi(\mathbf x,\mathbf x)/(1-\beta)V⋆(x)≤Π(x,x)/(1−β). The milestone's "myopic fixed point" is stated as "p⋆⋆\mathbf p^{\star\star}p⋆⋆ maximises Π(⋅,p⋆⋆)\Pi(\cdot,\mathbf p^{\star\star})Π(⋅,p⋆⋆) over the box", without fixing a myopic selection.

No trivializing reading is available. On the box 0≤Π≤pH0\le\Pi\le p_H0≤Π≤pH​, so the sequence family is bounded by pH/(1−β)p_H/(1-\beta)pH​/(1−β) and V⋆V^\starV⋆ is the genuine supremum, not Lean's default value 000. The hypothesis is c+=0c^+=0c+=0 (no response to gains), not the opposite case c−=0c^-=0c−=0, and the conclusion is existence only, not uniqueness. A complete development needs bounds and continuity for the logit revenue, the joint single-period maximisation behind the milestone, and the comparison of the constant path with arbitrary sequences. The revenue model and the value function are reusable throughout the series. Proofs of either item, and of general facts about the shared model, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. A. Guo, H. Jiang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025; SSRN 4189049 (version of 2024-05-25). https://ssrn.com/abstract=4189049, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0801
  • G. Fibich, A. Gavious, O. Lowengart, Explicit Solutions of Optimization Models and Differential Games with Nonsmooth (Asymmetric) Reference-Price Effects, Operations Research 51(5):721–734, 2003.
  • I. Popescu, Y. Wu, Dynamic Pricing Strategies with Reference Effects, Operations Research 55(3):413–429, 2007.
  • J. Nasiry, I. Popescu, Dynamic Pricing with Loss-Averse Consumers and Peak-End Anchoring, Operations Research 59(6):1361–1368, 2011.
  • Z. Hu, X. Chen, P. Hu, Dynamic Pricing with Gain-Seeking Reference Price Effects, Operations Research 64(1):150–157, 2016.
  • Z. Hu, J. Nasiry, Are Markets with Loss-Averse Consumers More Sensitive to Losses?, Management Science 64(3):1384–1395, 2018.
  • H. Jiang, J. Cao, Z.-J. M. Shen, Intertemporal Pricing via Nonparametric Estimation: Integrating Reference Effects and Consumer Heterogeneity, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2022.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand 3: With Any Gain-Seeking Product the Optimal Pricing Policy Admits No Steady StateResearch Paper

Motivation

Retail prices are not judged in isolation. Consumers compare a posted price with a reference price formed from the prices they have seen before, and they react to a price below the reference (a perceived gain) differently from a price above it (a perceived loss). Empirical marketing studies of such reference effects include Briesch et al. (1997), and the dynamic-pricing literature asks what a seller facing them should do over time: keep prices constant, or alternate between high and low prices.

For a single product with demand linear in price this question has a classical answer. Popescu and Wu (2007, Operations Research) showed that loss aversion leads optimal prices to settle at a constant, and that sensitivity to gains favours cyclic, "high–low" pricing; Hu, Chen and Hu (2016) characterised optimal cyclic policies in a special gain-seeking case. Guo, Jiang and Shen (2025, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management) revisit the question for several substitutable products under multinomial-logit (MNL) demand, the standard discrete-choice model of retail, where earlier techniques no longer apply. This mission formalizes one of their structural results: a single gain-seeking product rules out a constant optimal price.

Setting

A seller offers nnn products i∈N={1,…,n}i \in N = \{1,\dots,n\}i∈N={1,…,n} over periods t=0,1,2,…t = 0,1,2,\dotst=0,1,2,…. Product iii has an intrinsic utility aia_iai​, a price sensitivity bi>0b_i > 0bi​>0, and reference-price sensitivities ci+≥0c_i^+ \ge 0ci+​≥0 (to gains) and ci−≥0c_i^- \ge 0ci−​≥0 (to losses). Given prices p=(pi)p = (p_i)p=(pi​) and reference prices r=(ri)r = (r_i)r=(ri​), the utility of product iii is

ui(p,r)=ai−bipi+ci+(ri−pi)+−ci−(pi−ri)+,u_i(p,r) = a_i - b_i p_i + c_i^+ (r_i - p_i)_+ - c_i^- (p_i - r_i)_+ ,ui​(p,r)=ai​−bi​pi​+ci+​(ri​−pi​)+​−ci−​(pi​−ri​)+​,

and the MNL purchase probability and the single-period revenue are

qi(p,r)=eui(p,r)1+∑keuk(p,r),Π(p,r)=∑ipi qi(p,r).q_i(p,r) = \frac{e^{u_i(p,r)}}{1 + \sum_{k} e^{u_k(p,r)}}, \qquad \Pi(p,r) = \sum_{i} p_i\, q_i(p,r).qi​(p,r)=1+∑k​euk​(p,r)eui​(p,r)​,Π(p,r)=i∑​pi​qi​(p,r).

Product iii is loss-averse if ci+<ci−c_i^+ < c_i^-ci+​<ci−​, loss-neutral if ci+=ci−c_i^+ = c_i^-ci+​=ci−​, and gain-seeking if ci+>ci−c_i^+ > c_i^-ci+​>ci−​; NgN_gNg​ denotes the set of gain-seeking products.

Prices and reference prices lie in the box Pn=[0,pH]n\mathcal P^n = [0, p_H]^nPn=[0,pH​]n, with a price ceiling pH>0p_H > 0pH​>0. Reference prices follow exponential smoothing with memory α∈[0,1]\alpha \in [0,1]α∈[0,1]:

rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt.r^{t+1} = \alpha r^t + (1-\alpha) p^t .rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt.

With discount factor β∈[0,1)\beta \in [0,1)β∈[0,1), the optimal value from an initial reference price r0r^0r0 is

V⋆(r0)=sup⁡(pt)⊂Pn∑t=0∞βt Π(pt,rt).V^\star(r^0) = \sup_{(p^t) \subset \mathcal P^n} \sum_{t=0}^\infty \beta^t\, \Pi(p^t, r^t).V⋆(r0)=(pt)⊂Pnsup​t=0∑∞​βtΠ(pt,rt).

Throughout, the paper assumes pH≥p^Hp_H \ge \hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, where p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ is the unique root of its equation (9); this keeps the single-period problem unconstrained by the ceiling. A price vector x∈Pnx \in \mathcal P^nx∈Pn is an optimal steady state when the optimal policy maps the reference price xxx to the price xxx; equivalently, the constant path pt=xp^t = xpt=x started from r0=xr^0 = xr0=x is optimal, which reads

V⋆(x)=Π(x,x)1−β.V^\star(x) = \frac{\Pi(x,x)}{1-\beta}.V⋆(x)=1−βΠ(x,x)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 20)

If Ng≠∅N_g \neq \emptysetNg​=∅, the optimal pricing policy admits no steady state:

∀x∈Pn:V⋆(x)>Π(x,x)1−β.\forall x \in \mathcal P^n:\quad V^\star(x) > \frac{\Pi(x,x)}{1-\beta}.∀x∈Pn:V⋆(x)>1−βΠ(x,x)​.

Only one product needs to be gain-seeking; the others are unrestricted. No condition on α\alphaα or β\betaβ beyond α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1) is imposed.

Companion: Proposition 3 (p. 20)

If α<1\alpha < 1α<1, β>0\beta > 0β>0 and max⁡ici+>0\max_i c_i^+ > 0maxi​ci+​>0, then, whatever the types of the products, there is pˉ\bar ppˉ​ such that for every ceiling pH≥pˉp_H \ge \bar ppH​≥pˉ​ the optimal policy admits no steady state in [0,pH]n[0,p_H]^n[0,pH​]n.

Significance

Theorem 4 separates two regimes of reference-dependent pricing. Without gain-seeking products the paper shows elsewhere (Theorems 5–6) that optimal steady states can exist and describes where they lie; Theorem 4 shows that one gain-seeking product anywhere in the assortment destroys every steady state, so the optimal prices of the whole assortment keep moving. Together with the corresponding statement for the myopic policy (Theorem 3), it says that with gain-seeking consumers both the myopic and the optimal policies are cyclic in the long run, the multi-product logit analogue of Popescu and Wu's single-product finding. Proposition 3 explains the role of the price ceiling: without one, cyclic pricing becomes optimal for any product with positive gain sensitivity.

Both results are proved in the paper's online supplement (Appendices C.2, C.3), which is not part of the source file used for this mission; neither has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires the value function of an infinite-horizon problem with a continuous vector state, and a formal handle on how V⋆V^\starV⋆ responds to perturbations of a price path, infrastructure that other reference-price missions can reuse.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt is local: at a candidate steady state xxx, perturb the constant path and show the revenue increases. The difficulty is that Π\PiΠ is not differentiable at p=rp = rp=r: the kink in uiu_iui​ is exactly at the steady state, and the one-sided derivatives of Π\PiΠ involve ci+c_i^+ci+​ on one side and ci−c_i^-ci−​ on the other. A first-order argument in one direction is therefore not available, and the comparison has to be made against V⋆V^\starV⋆, a supremum over infinite price sequences, not against the myopic revenue. The MNL coupling adds a further layer: changing the price of the gain-seeking product moves the market shares of every other product, whose own reference effects may be of any type. Single-product arguments for linear demand (Popescu and Wu 2007) rely on assumptions that the logit model violates, as the paper notes on p. 20–21.

Formalization scope

Products are indexed by Fin n (the paper's product iii is index i−1i-1i−1). The parameters are functions a b cp cm : Fin n → ℝ; the standing assumptions b>0b > 0b>0, c±≥0c^\pm \ge 0c±≥0, α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1), pH>0p_H > 0pH​>0 are hypotheses of each theorem. The market shares are defined directly by the MNL formula; the Gumbel random-utility derivation is not formalized. V⋆V^\starV⋆ is optValue, the real supremum over all sequences in [0,pH]n[0,p_H]^n[0,pH​]n of the discounted revenue (a tsum); the family is nonempty and bounded by pH/(1−β)p_H/(1-\beta)pH​/(1−β), so this is a genuine supremum. The paper writes the problem over stationary policies and uses the Bellman equation (6); for this deterministic problem with continuous revenue on a compact box the two values coincide.

The ceiling assumption pH≥p^Hp_H \ge \hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​ is CeilingOK: some root of (9) lies below pHp_HpH​. The goal carries it; Proposition 3 does not, because it holds automatically for large pHp_HpH​ and is absorbed into the threshold.

An optimal steady state is IsOptSteadyState x: x∈[0,pH]nx \in [0,p_H]^nx∈[0,pH​]n and V⋆(x)≤Π(x,x)/(1−β)V^\star(x) \le \Pi(x,x)/(1-\beta)V⋆(x)≤Π(x,x)/(1−β). Optimal stationary policies need not be unique and the paper fixes none, so this sequence form, under which the theorem holds for every optimal policy, is used instead of a fixed point of a chosen policy. Stating the goal about the myopic policy, about one particular policy, or for xxx outside the box would trivialize it; the formal statement quantifies over every xxx and compares with V⋆V^\starV⋆, the supremum over all admissible sequences.

A complete development needs the value function, its finiteness and the Bellman equation (6), and a perturbation argument along the kink. Contributions welcome: the Bellman equation for optValue, monotonicity and continuity of V⋆V^\starV⋆, and either goal.

Selected references

  • M. A. Guo, H. Jiang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025; read as SSRN 4189049 (version of 2024-05-25). https://ssrn.com/abstract=4189049, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0801
  • I. Popescu, Y. Wu, Dynamic Pricing Strategies with Reference Effects, Operations Research 55(3), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0393
  • Z. Hu, X. Chen, P. Hu, Technical Note—Dynamic Pricing with Gain-Seeking Reference Price Effects, Operations Research 64(1), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2015.1445
  • R. A. Briesch, L. Krishnamurthi, T. Mazumdar, S. P. Raj, A Comparative Analysis of Reference Price Models, Journal of Consumer Research 24(2), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1086/209505
4 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand 2: The Myopic Policy Loses at Most β(1−α)ωp_H/((1−αβ)(1−β)) Against the Optimal Discounted RevenueResearch Paper

Why reference effects make pricing dynamic

Consumers judge a price against a reference price, an internal benchmark formed from the prices they have seen before. A price below the reference is perceived as a gain and raises demand; a price above it is perceived as a loss and lowers demand. Because today's price moves tomorrow's reference price, a seller who maximises the revenue of each period separately ignores how it erodes or builds future demand. This makes pricing a dynamic program, studied for a single product with linear demand by Popescu and Wu (Operations Research 2007) and Chen, Hu and Hu (Management Science 2017), among others.

Guo, Jiang and Shen (SSRN 4189049, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025) treat several substitutable products under multinomial-logit (MNL) demand. The dynamic program then has a continuous state of dimension nnn, and computing the optimal policy is impractical even for moderate nnn. The myopic policy, which maximises the current period's revenue only, is easy to compute. This mission formalizes the paper's bound on how much revenue the myopic policy can lose (Proposition 2).

Setting

There are nnn products N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}. Product iii has intrinsic utility aia_iai​, price sensitivity bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, and reference-price sensitivities ci+≥0c_i^+\ge0ci+​≥0 (to gains) and ci−≥0c_i^-\ge0ci−​≥0 (to losses). At price vector p\mathbf pp and reference vector r\mathbf rr, the utility of product iii is

ui(p,r)=ai−bipi+ci+(ri−pi)+−ci−(pi−ri)+,u_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=a_i-b_ip_i+c_i^+(r_i-p_i)_+-c_i^-(p_i-r_i)_+,ui​(p,r)=ai​−bi​pi​+ci+​(ri​−pi​)+​−ci−​(pi​−ri​)+​,

the market share is qi(p,r)=eui/(1+∑k∈Neuk)q_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=e^{u_i}/(1+\sum_{k\in N}e^{u_k})qi​(p,r)=eui​/(1+∑k∈N​euk​), and the single-period revenue is Π(p,r)=∑i∈Npiqi(p,r)\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=\sum_{i\in N}p_iq_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)Π(p,r)=∑i∈N​pi​qi​(p,r).

Prices and reference prices lie in the admissible box Pn=[0,pH]n\mathcal P^n=[0,p_H]^nPn=[0,pH​]n with a price ceiling pH>0p_H>0pH​>0. The reference price follows exponential smoothing with memory α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1]: rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt\mathbf r^{t+1}=\alpha\mathbf r^t+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p^trt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt. Revenue is discounted by β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1).

  • The optimal value V⋆(r0)V^\star(\mathbf r^0)V⋆(r0) is the supremum of ∑t≥0βtΠ(pt,rt)\sum_{t\ge0}\beta^t\Pi(\mathbf p^t,\mathbf r^t)∑t≥0​βtΠ(pt,rt) over all price sequences in Pn\mathcal P^nPn.
  • A myopic policy pm\mathbf p^mpm picks, for each r∈Pn\mathbf r\in\mathcal P^nr∈Pn, a maximiser of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,\mathbf r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn. Its value Vm(r0)=∑t≥0βtΠ(pm(rt),rt)V^m(\mathbf r^0)=\sum_{t\ge0}\beta^t\Pi(\mathbf p^m(\mathbf r^t),\mathbf r^t)Vm(r0)=∑t≥0​βtΠ(pm(rt),rt) is taken along rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pm(rt)\mathbf r^{t+1}=\alpha\mathbf r^t+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p^m(\mathbf r^t)rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pm(rt).
  • The ceiling condition: pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, where p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ is the root of the scalar equation (9) of the paper, p=χ+∑i1bi+ci+exp⁡(ai−bip+(bi+ci+)χ−1)p=\chi+\sum_i\frac{1}{b_i+c_i^+}\exp(a_i-b_ip+(b_i+c_i^+)\chi-1)p=χ+∑i​bi​+ci+​1​exp(ai​−bi​p+(bi​+ci+​)χ−1) with χ=max⁡i1/(bi+min⁡{ci+,ci−})\chi=\max_i 1/(b_i+\min\{c_i^+,c_i^-\})χ=maxi​1/(bi​+min{ci+​,ci−​}). It makes the ceiling non-binding for the single-period problem, and the paper assumes it throughout §3–§4.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (optimality gap)

With ω=max⁡i∈N{ci+/(bi+ci+), ci−/(bi+ci−)}\omega=\max_{i\in N}\{c_i^+/(b_i+c_i^+),\ c_i^-/(b_i+c_i^-)\}ω=maxi∈N​{ci+​/(bi​+ci+​), ci−​/(bi​+ci−​)}, for every r0∈Pn\mathbf r^0\in\mathcal P^nr0∈Pn and every myopic policy,

0≤V⋆(r0)−Vm(r0)≤β(1−α)(1−αβ)(1−β)⋅ω pH.0\le V^\star(\mathbf r^0)-V^m(\mathbf r^0)\le\frac{\beta(1-\alpha)}{(1-\alpha\beta)(1-\beta)}\cdot\omega\,p_H .0≤V⋆(r0)−Vm(r0)≤(1−αβ)(1−β)β(1−α)​⋅ωpH​.

Milestones

  1. The Bellman equation (6), p. 9: V⋆(r0)=max⁡p∈Pn{Π(p,r0)+βV⋆(αr0+(1−α)p)}V^\star(\mathbf r^0)=\max_{\mathbf p\in\mathcal P^n}\{\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r^0)+\beta V^\star(\alpha\mathbf r^0+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p)\}V⋆(r0)=maxp∈Pn​{Π(p,r0)+βV⋆(αr0+(1−α)p)}, with the maximum attained.
  2. The left inequality Vm(r0)≤V⋆(r0)V^m(\mathbf r^0)\le V^\star(\mathbf r^0)Vm(r0)≤V⋆(r0), stated in §4.1, p. 17.
  3. Proposition 1.1, p. 10: if α<1\alpha<1α<1, β>0\beta>0β>0 and max⁡ici+>0\max_ic_i^+>0maxi​ci+​>0, then V⋆(r0)V^\star(\mathbf r^0)V⋆(r0) is non-decreasing in pHp_HpH​ and lim⁡pH→∞V⋆(r0)=∞\lim_{p_H\to\infty}V^\star(\mathbf r^0)=\inftylimpH​→∞​V⋆(r0)=∞. It explains why the gap is linear in pHp_HpH​ and why a ceiling is needed at all.

Significance

The bound is uniform in the initial reference price and has an explicit constant. It vanishes in three regimes: α=1\alpha=1α=1 (the reference price never moves), β=0\beta=0β=0 (only the present counts) and ω=0\omega=0ω=0 (no reference effect). It quantifies how much the intertemporal structure costs a seller who ignores it. The myopic policy is computable by a one-dimensional root search (Theorem 1 of the paper), while the optimal policy suffers from the curse of dimensionality, so the bound is what makes the myopic policy a usable benchmark.

The paper proves Proposition 2 in its online supplement (Appendix C.1), which is not part of the source file used for this mission. To our knowledge, none of these results has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them yields a verified Bellman equation for a deterministic dynamic program with a continuous multidimensional state and a nonsmooth, nonconcave reward.

Difficulty

The left inequality only uses the fact that the myopic price sequence is admissible. The right inequality is the content. Comparing the two value functions period by period fails: in a given period the optimal policy may earn less than the myopic one, and its later advantage comes from having moved the reference price. The two policies also generate different reference paths, so their revenues are evaluated at different states, and the sensitivity of the revenue to the reference price enters only through the constant ω\omegaω. The revenue is not concave in prices or in reference prices, and the kinks at pi=rip_i=r_ipi​=ri​ make it nonsmooth. The Bellman equation itself needs the optimal value to be well behaved enough in r\mathbf rr for the one-step maximum to be attained.

Formalization scope

Products are indexed by Fin n (product iii is Lean index i−1i-1i−1), and vectors are Fin n → ℝ. The shares are defined directly by the logit formula; the Gumbel random-utility derivation is motivation only. The standing assumptions b>0b>0b>0, c±≥0c^\pm\ge0c±≥0, α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1) and pH>0p_H>0pH​>0 are hypotheses of every theorem. The goal also assumes the ceiling condition pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, as a standing assumption of §2.4. That condition is stated as the existence of a root of (9) at most pHp_HpH​. The Bellman equation omits the ceiling condition (it holds without it). Proposition 1.1 varies pHp_HpH​, so it does not take the condition.

  • V⋆V^\starV⋆ is optValue, the supremum over all admissible price sequences, built as an instance of the published deterministic dynamic program KarlinDP.Deterministic.optimalReturn (Karlin 1955). The paper writes V⋆V^\starV⋆ as a maximum over stationary policies and uses it through (6); milestone 1 is the theorem that connects the two.
  • The bound holds for every myopic selection, because single-period maximisers can tie.
  • ω\omegaω and χ\chiχ are maxima over NNN, written ⨆ i, which is 000 when n=0n=0n=0 (then V⋆=Vm=0V^\star=V^m=0V⋆=Vm=0).

Lean's real supremum is 000 on an unbounded family and its tsum is 000 on a non-summable series. Neither default is reached here: with β<1\beta<1β<1 and pH>0p_H>0pH​>0 the family is nonempty and bounded by pH/(1−β)p_H/(1-\beta)pH​/(1−β), and every series is summable. So the goal cannot hold vacuously through a junk value. In particular, V⋆V^\starV⋆ may not be replaced by an arbitrary solution of (6), and the constant may not be weakened, for example by replacing ω\omegaω with 111.

Needed infrastructure: continuity of the MNL revenue, the Bellman equation for a discounted deterministic program on a compact action set, and bounds on the myopic value Πm(r)=max⁡p∈PnΠ(p,r)\Pi^m(\mathbf r)=\max_{\mathbf p\in\mathcal P^n}\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)Πm(r)=maxp∈Pn​Π(p,r) as a function of r\mathbf rr. The first two are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions toward any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. A. Guo, H. Jiang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand, SSRN 4189049 (version of 2024-05-25); Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4189049, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0801
  • I. Popescu, Y. Wu, Dynamic pricing strategies with reference effects, Operations Research 55(3):413–429, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0393
  • X. Chen, P. Hu, Z. Hu, Efficient algorithms for the dynamic pricing problem with reference price effect, Management Science 63(12):4389–4408, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2016.2554
  • S. Karlin, The structure of dynamic programming models, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 2(4):285–294, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800020408
  • D. McFadden, Conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior, in Frontiers in Econometrics, 105–142, 1974.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand 1: Without Gain-Seeking Products the Myopic Price Path Converges to a Steady State; with One the Myopic Policy Has NoneResearch Paper

Motivation

Consumers judge a price against a reference price, an internal benchmark formed from the prices they have seen before. A price above the reference is perceived as a loss and depresses demand; a price below it is perceived as a gain and stimulates it. Because today's prices shape tomorrow's reference prices, a seller facing reference effects solves a dynamic problem even when demand is otherwise stationary. The single-product theory is classical: Popescu and Wu (2007) showed, for a broad class of demand models, that loss-averse consumers make optimal and myopic price paths converge monotonically, and Hu, Chen and Hu (2016) studied the cyclic behaviour that gain-seeking consumers can induce under linear demand.

Retailers sell many substitutable products, and the standard model of substitution is the multinomial logit (MNL). Guo, Jiang and Shen (2025) combine the two: each product has its own reference price and its own asymmetric sensitivities to gains and losses, and consumers choose among the products by MNL. This mission formalizes the paper's first set of results, on the myopic pricing policy, which maximises the current period's revenue at the current reference prices and ignores the effect on the future. Myopic pricing is both a widely used heuristic and the benchmark against which the optimal policy is measured later in the paper.

Setting

There are nnn products N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}. Product iii has an intrinsic utility ai∈Ra_i\in\mathbb Rai​∈R, a price sensitivity bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, and reference sensitivities ci+≥0c_i^+\ge0ci+​≥0 (to gains) and ci−≥0c_i^-\ge0ci−​≥0 (to losses). At price vector ppp and reference price vector rrr the deterministic utility of product iii is

ui(p,r)=ai−bipi+ci+(ri−pi)+−ci−(pi−ri)+,u_i(p,r)=a_i-b_ip_i+c_i^+(r_i-p_i)_+-c_i^-(p_i-r_i)_+ ,ui​(p,r)=ai​−bi​pi​+ci+​(ri​−pi​)+​−ci−​(pi​−ri​)+​,

the market share of product iii is qi(p,r)=eui/(1+∑keuk)q_i(p,r)=e^{u_i}/(1+\sum_k e^{u_k})qi​(p,r)=eui​/(1+∑k​euk​), and the single-period revenue is Π(p,r)=∑ipi qi(p,r)\Pi(p,r)=\sum_i p_i\,q_i(p,r)Π(p,r)=∑i​pi​qi​(p,r). Product iii is loss-averse if ci+<ci−c_i^+<c_i^-ci+​<ci−​, loss-neutral if ci+=ci−c_i^+=c_i^-ci+​=ci−​, and gain-seeking if ci+>ci−c_i^+>c_i^-ci+​>ci−​; the three sets are Nl,Nn,NgN_l,N_n,N_gNl​,Nn​,Ng​.

Prices and reference prices lie in the box Pn=[0,pH]n\mathcal P^n=[0,p_H]^nPn=[0,pH​]n with ceiling pH>0p_H>0pH​>0. A myopic policy pmp^mpm assigns to each r∈Pnr\in\mathcal P^nr∈Pn a maximiser of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn; the maximum value is the optimal single-period revenue Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r). Reference prices follow exponential smoothing with memory α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1]:

rt+1=αrt+(1−α) pm(rt),r^{t+1}=\alpha r^t+(1-\alpha)\,p^m(r^t),rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pm(rt),

and {pm(rt)}t≥0\{p^m(r^t)\}_{t\ge0}{pm(rt)}t≥0​ is the myopic price path. A policy has a steady state if pm(r)=rp^m(r)=rpm(r)=r for some r∈Pnr\in\mathcal P^nr∈Pn.

The paper assumes throughout that pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, where p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ is the unique root of the scalar equation (9), p=χ+∑i1bi+ci+eai−bip+(bi+ci+)χ−1p=\chi+\sum_i \frac{1}{b_i+c_i^+}e^{a_i-b_ip+(b_i+c_i^+)\chi-1}p=χ+∑i​bi​+ci+​1​eai​−bi​p+(bi​+ci+​)χ−1 with χ=max⁡i1/(bi+min⁡{ci+,ci−})\chi=\max_i 1/(b_i+\min\{c_i^+,c_i^-\})χ=maxi​1/(bi​+min{ci+​,ci−​}). This ceiling assumption makes the ceiling non-binding for the myopic problem.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3, long-run behaviour of the myopic policy

For every myopic policy pmp^mpm and every r0∈Pnr^0\in\mathcal P^nr0∈Pn:

Ng=∅ ⟹ pm(rt)→L∈Pn, and pm(L)=L when α<1;N_g=\emptyset\ \Longrightarrow\ p^m(r^t)\to L\in\mathcal P^n,\ \text{and } p^m(L)=L \text{ when } \alpha<1;Ng​=∅ ⟹ pm(rt)→L∈Pn, and pm(L)=L when α<1; Ng≠∅ ⟹ pm(r)≠r  ∀r∈Pn, and the path does not converge when α<1.N_g\neq\emptyset\ \Longrightarrow\ p^m(r)\neq r\ \ \forall r\in\mathcal P^n,\ \text{and the path does not converge when } \alpha<1 .Ng​=∅ ⟹ pm(r)=r  ∀r∈Pn, and the path does not converge when α<1.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1.2 (p. 10): (9) has a unique root p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​, and for pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​ the maximisers of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn are its maximisers over Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  2. Theorem 2 (p. 13): every myopic price is Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) plus an explicit constant that depends on the product's type and on where rir_iri​ lies relative to thresholds such as Πm(r)+Zi\Pi^m(r)+Z_iΠm(r)+Zi​, Zi=log⁡(bi+ci+)−log⁡(bi+ci−)ci+−ci−Z_i=\frac{\log(b_i+c_i^+)-\log(b_i+c_i^-)}{c_i^+-c_i^-}Zi​=ci+​−ci−​log(bi​+ci+​)−log(bi​+ci−​)​.
  3. Theorem 1 (p. 12): Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) is the unique root of the scalar equation (13).
  4. Corollary 1 (p. 12): the right-hand side of (13) is non-increasing in Π\PiΠ.
  5. §3.1, p. 13: Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) is non-decreasing in rrr.
  6. Corollary 2 (p. 16): if every product is loss-neutral, the myopic policy has a unique steady state pim⋆=Πm⋆+1/(bi+ci)p_i^{m\star}=\Pi^{m\star}+1/(b_i+c_i)pim⋆​=Πm⋆+1/(bi​+ci​), with Πm⋆\Pi^{m\star}Πm⋆ the unique root of (18), and the price paths of all products move synchronously.

Significance

Theorem 3 separates two regimes by consumer type alone. With loss-averse and loss-neutral consumers a seller who reprices myopically settles at a stable price vector; with even one gain-seeking product no price vector is self-reproducing, and myopic prices keep oscillating. Theorems 1 and 2 are the structural results behind this: they reduce a non-concave, non-smooth nnn-dimensional optimisation to one scalar equation with a monotone right-hand side, which is also how the myopic policy is computed in practice. The same structure is used later in the paper to bound the gap between myopic and optimal revenue.

All results are proved in the paper; the proofs are in its online supplement (Appendices B.1–B.5), which is not part of the source file used here. None of the results is formalized. The work in this mission is the first machine-checked treatment of MNL pricing with reference effects: global optimality of a candidate maximiser for a non-concave revenue, the analysis of a scalar root equation with piecewise definitions, and the dynamics of a map that is continuous without gain-seeking products and discontinuous with them.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 2, setting the gradient of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) to zero, fails twice. The revenue has kinks at pi=rip_i=r_ipi​=ri​, so a maximiser may sit at a kink where no gradient exists; this is the middle branch pim=rip_i^m=r_ipim​=ri​ for loss-averse products. And the revenue is not concave in prices: for a gain-seeking product the first-order conditions have several solutions, and a global maximiser must be singled out among them. The usual reformulation of MNL pricing in market-share variables, which restores concavity without reference effects, does not survive the kinks.

For Theorem 3 the difficulty is dynamic. Without gain-seeking products the myopic map is continuous, but the flat middle branch of (14) makes it non-contracting, so the standard contraction arguments do not apply, and the limit depends on the starting point. With a gain-seeking product the map jumps at the threshold Πm+Zi\Pi^m+Z_iΠm+Zi​, so continuity-based arguments about the limit of the path are unavailable.

Formalization scope

Products are indexed by Fin n (0-based); vectors are Fin n → ℝ with the product topology and the coordinatewise order. The standing hypotheses bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, ci±≥0c_i^\pm\ge0ci±​≥0, α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], pH>0p_H>0pH​>0 and the ceiling assumption (as "some root of (9) is at most pHp_HpH​") appear as hypotheses of every theorem that needs them; Corollary 1 needs only b>0b>0b>0, c±≥0c^\pm\ge0c±≥0. The market shares (3) are defined directly, without the Gumbel derivation. χ\chiχ is an indexed supremum over Fin n (zero when n=0n=0n=0). The three sums of (13) are written as one sum whose term is chosen by product type.

Maximisers need not be unique, so a myopic policy is any selection of maximisers, and every statement holds for all selections; Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) is the revenue of an arbitrary maximiser. "The unique solution" is split into "is a solution" and "every solution equals it". The following deviations are disclosed in the items: at the threshold ri=Πm+Zir_i=\Pi^m+Z_iri​=Πm+Zi​ of (16) both prices are maximisers, so only "one of the two" is claimed there; the fixed-point property of the limit in Theorem 3, and every limit claim of Corollary 2, require α<1\alpha<1α<1, since at α=1\alpha=1α=1 the price path is the constant pm(r0)p^m(r^0)pm(r0); the non-convergence clause in Theorem 3.2 is an addition to the literal "no steady state". "Monotone decreasing" (Corollary 1) and "monotone increasing" (Corollary 2, §3.1) are read non-strictly.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: Theorem 3.2 quantifies over every reference price in the box and every myopic selection, Theorem 3.1 asserts convergence from every initial reference price rather than the existence of some fixed point, and Theorems 1–3 keep the ceiling assumption, without which the maximiser can sit on the boundary and (14)–(16) fail.

A complete development needs: continuity and compactness facts for the MNL revenue on a box; optimality conditions for the kinked, non-concave revenue; one-variable analysis of the piecewise-exponential right-hand side of (13); and convergence results for monotone or continuous recursions in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The MNL and reference-price infrastructure is reusable by the five other missions of this series. Contributions to any milestone, and alternative proofs, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. A. Guo, H. Jiang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025; source used: SSRN 4189049, version of 2024-05-25. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4189049, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0801
  • I. Popescu, Y. Wu, Dynamic Pricing Strategies with Reference Effects, Operations Research 55(3), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0393
  • Z. Hu, X. Chen, P. Hu, Dynamic Pricing with Gain-Seeking Reference Price Effects, Operations Research 64(1), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2015.1446
  • D. McFadden, Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior, in Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, 1974.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products 2: With Zero Lead Time and Minimal Disposal, Two Myopic Solutions Bound the Optimal Order-Up-To LevelResearch Paper

Why bound the order-up-to level of a perishable product

Food, blood products, pharmaceuticals and many retail goods are perishable: a unit is usable for a fixed number of periods and is then discarded. A seller of such a product decides every period how much to order, what price to charge, and how much stock to deplete or dispose of. Because units of different ages coexist, the state of the system is a vector of inventory levels by remaining lifetime, and the exact dynamic program suffers from the curse of dimensionality in that vector. Nahmias's survey (Nahmias 1982) records this obstacle for the pure ordering problem; adding pricing makes it worse.

Chen, Pang and Pan (Operations Research 62(2), 2014) analyse the joint ordering, pricing and disposal problem with the tools of L♮-concavity (Murota's discrete convex analysis, extended to real vectors). Their §4 shows that the optimal profit-to-go is L♮-concave, which yields monotone policies with bounded sensitivity. Their §6.1 then shows that two one-dimensional, myopic problems bracket the optimal order-up-to level, which is the starting point of the heuristics of §6.2. This mission formalizes the backlogging case of that bracketing result, Theorem 3.

Setting

A single product has lifetime l≥2l\ge 2l≥2 periods; the replenishment lead time is zero, and unmet demand is backlogged. The unit costs are ccc (ordering), h+h^+h+ (holding), h−h^-h− (backlogging) and θ\thetaθ (disposal); γ\gammaγ is the discount factor. The seller chooses the expected demand ddd in an interval D=[d‾,dˉ]\mathcal D=[\underline d,\bar d]D=[d​,dˉ], which is equivalent to choosing the price P(d)P(d)P(d), where PPP is strictly decreasing. The expected revenue P(d) dP(d)\,dP(d)d is continuous and concave on D\mathcal DD (Assumption 1). Realized demand is dt=d+εtd_t=d+\varepsilon_tdt​=d+εt​, with independent, identically distributed, zero-mean noise supported in [A,B][A,B][A,B], A≤0≤BA\le 0\le BA≤0≤B, and d‾+A≥0\underline d+A\ge 0d​+A≥0.

The state s=(s1,…,sl−1)s=(s_1,\dots,s_{l-1})s=(s1​,…,sl−1​) lies in S={s1≤⋯≤sl−1}\mathcal S=\{s_1\le\dots\le s_{l-1}\}S={s1​≤⋯≤sl−1​}: sis_isi​ is the inventory with residual lifetime at most iii periods (negative values are backorders), and sl−1s_{l-1}sl−1​ is the inventory position. Each period the seller picks an order-up-to level sl≥sl−1s_l\ge s_{l-1}sl​≥sl−1​, the demand level ddd, and, after demand is realized, a depletion aaa with s1∨dt≤a≤sl∨dts_1\vee d_t\le a\le s_l\vee d_ts1​∨dt​≤a≤sl​∨dt​. The next state is s~=(s2−a,…,sl−a)\tilde s=(s_2-a,\dots,s_l-a)s~=(s2​−a,…,sl​−a). The one-period objective is

φt(s,sl,d,a∣εt)=γc s~l−1−csl−θ(a−dt)−h+(sl−a)+−h−(a−sl)++γft+1(s~),\varphi_t(s,s_l,d,a\mid\varepsilon_t)=\gamma c\,\tilde s_{l-1}-cs_l-\theta(a-d_t)-h^+(s_l-a)^+-h^-(a-s_l)^++\gamma f_{t+1}(\tilde s),φt​(s,sl​,d,a∣εt​)=γcs~l−1​−csl​−θ(a−dt​)−h+(sl​−a)+−h−(a−sl​)++γft+1​(s~),

gtg_tgt​ maximizes it over aaa, Gt(s,sl,d)=P(d)d+E[gt]G_t(s,s_l,d)=P(d)d+\mathbb E[g_t]Gt​(s,sl​,d)=P(d)d+E[gt​], and the profit-to-go is ft(s)=max⁡sl≥sl−1, d∈DGt(s,sl,d)f_t(s)=\max_{s_l\ge s_{l-1},\,d\in\mathcal D}G_t(s,s_l,d)ft​(s)=maxsl​≥sl−1​,d∈D​Gt​(s,sl​,d) with fT+1=0f_{T+1}=0fT+1​=0.

Under θ≥h+/(1−γ)\theta\ge h^+/(1-\gamma)θ≥h+/(1−γ) only expiring stock is disposed of (Proposition 1). With θ~=θ+γc−h+\tilde\theta=\theta+\gamma c-h^+θ~=θ+γc−h+ and vt(sl,dt)=−(1−γ)csl−γcdt−h+(sl−dt)+−h−(dt−sl)+v_t(s_l,d_t)=-(1-\gamma)cs_l-\gamma cd_t-h^+(s_l-d_t)^+-h^-(d_t-s_l)^+vt​(sl​,dt​)=−(1−γ)csl​−γcdt​−h+(sl​−dt​)+−h−(dt​−sl​)+, the two myopic objectives are

Πt(sl,d)=P(d)d+E[vt(sl,dt)],Π~t(sl,d)=Πt(sl,d)−γcsl−K E[(sl−dt)+],\Pi_t(s_l,d)=P(d)d+\mathbb E[v_t(s_l,d_t)],\qquad \tilde\Pi_t(s_l,d)=\Pi_t(s_l,d)-\gamma cs_l-K\,\mathbb E[(s_l-d_t)^+],Πt​(sl​,d)=P(d)d+E[vt​(sl​,dt​)],Π~t​(sl​,d)=Πt​(sl​,d)−γcsl​−KE[(sl​−dt​)+],

with K=γh++⋯+γl−2h++γl−1θ~K=\gamma h^++\dots+\gamma^{l-2}h^++\gamma^{l-1}\tilde\thetaK=γh++⋯+γl−2h++γl−1θ~. Sˉt(d)\bar S_t(d)Sˉt​(d) and S‾t(d)\underline S_t(d)S​t​(d) are their largest maximizers over sl≥0s_l\ge0sl​≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (Bounds), backlogging case

For every period, every state s∈Ss\in\mathcal Ss∈S and every d∈Dd\in\mathcal Dd∈D, the largest optimal order-up-to level slt(s,d)s_{lt}(s,d)slt​(s,d) satisfies

S‾t(d)∨sl−1 ≤ slt(s,d) ≤ Sˉt(d)∨sl−1.\underline S_t(d)\vee s_{l-1}\ \le\ s_{lt}(s,d)\ \le\ \bar S_t(d)\vee s_{l-1}.S​t​(d)∨sl−1​ ≤ slt​(s,d) ≤ Sˉt​(d)∨sl−1​.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 6 (p. 290): ftf_tft​ is nonincreasing in each coordinate of the state.
  2. Proposition 1 (p. 292): if θ≥h+/(1−γ)\theta\ge h^+/(1-\gamma)θ≥h+/(1−γ), depleting dt∨s1d_t\vee s_1dt​∨s1​ is optimal.
  3. The p. 294 decomposition: φt\varphi_tφt​ at a=dt∨s1a=d_t\vee s_1a=dt​∨s1​ equals vt(sl,dt)−θ~(s1−dt)++γft+1(s~)v_t(s_l,d_t)-\tilde\theta(s_1-d_t)^++\gamma f_{t+1}(\tilde s)vt​(sl​,dt​)−θ~(s1​−dt​)++γft+1​(s~).
  4. Theorem 1, first sentence (p. 291), at zero lead time: ftf_tft​, gtg_tgt​, φt\varphi_tφt​ are L♮-concave.
  5. Concavity in sls_lsl​ (p. 295): Πt(⋅,d)\Pi_t(\cdot,d)Πt​(⋅,d) and Gt(s,⋅,d)G_t(s,\cdot,d)Gt​(s,⋅,d) are concave.
  6. Upper step (p. 295): Gt(s,sl′,d)−Gt(s,sl,d)≤Πt(sl′,d)−Πt(sl,d)G_t(s,s'_l,d)-G_t(s,s_l,d)\le\Pi_t(s'_l,d)-\Pi_t(s_l,d)Gt​(s,sl′​,d)−Gt​(s,sl​,d)≤Πt​(sl′​,d)−Πt​(sl​,d) for sl′>sl≥sl−1s'_l>s_l\ge s_{l-1}sl′​>sl​≥sl−1​.

The proof's lower-bound display (p. 295) is not a milestone: as printed, for arbitrary sl′>sl≥sl−1s'_l>s_l\ge s_{l-1}sl′​>sl​≥sl−1​, it is false when h+>γch^+>\gamma ch+>γc (see Formalization scope).

Significance

The result. The bounds reduce an (l−1)(l-1)(l−1)-dimensional optimization to two scalar newsvendor-type problems whose solutions do not depend on the period (Remark 6), and they give interpretable brackets: Sˉt(d)\bar S_t(d)Sˉt​(d) ignores the future cost of excess stock, while S‾t(d)\underline S_t(d)S​t​(d) charges every excess unit holding until expiry and then disposal. They justify the one-dimensional heuristics of §6.2 and give a check on any computed policy.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is short but compresses three steps that need care: the structural results of §4 at zero lead time, the minimal-disposal property, and a coupling argument for the lower bound whose printed display is not correct as stated (see below). A machine-checked development would make the whole chain from the recursion to the bounds explicit, including the existence conventions for optimal decisions. To the knowledge of this mission, none of these results has been formalized in any proof assistant.

Difficulty

The central obstacle is the concavity of Gt(s,⋅,d)G_t(s,\cdot,d)Gt​(s,⋅,d) in the order-up-to level. It is not visible from the one-period terms: it rests on L♮-concavity of the whole recursion (Theorem 1), and the depletion constraint s1∨dt≤a≤sl∨dts_1\vee d_t\le a\le s_l\vee d_ts1​∨dt​≤a≤sl​∨dt​ is not an L♮-convex set, so the standard preservation lemma does not apply to (5) as written.

The lower bound needs a quantitative estimate of how much an extra unit of fresh stock can cost in the future. The printed estimate charges the expiring unit θ~\tilde\thetaθ~ where an unused unit actually costs θ\thetaθ, so it cannot hold for every pair of order-up-to levels; the lower bound must use that the comparison is only needed below S‾t(d)\underline S_t(d)S​t​(d), where excess stock is not pushed past the next period's optimal order-up-to level.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace PerishablePricing.Bounds. Its conventions are:

  • Carrier R\mathbb RR. The paper treats real and integer vectors at once; only the real case is formalized. L♮-convexity is defined on an explicit domain with real values, the paper's convention for "L♮-convex on a set".
  • Indices. States are Fin L → ℝ with L=l−1≥1L=l-1\ge1L=l−1≥1, 0-based.
  • Time. Time counts periods to go: f 0 = 0 is fT+1f_{T+1}fT+1​, and GtG_tGt​, gtg_tgt​, φt\varphi_tφt​ use the continuation f n.
  • Maxima and expectations. The maxima in the recursion are suprema over nonempty sets whose values are bounded above, and expectations are Bochner integrals against the noise law.
  • Optimal decisions. Every optimal decision is a largest maximizer, taken as a hypothesis at the points where it is used. With an arbitrary maximizer the upper bound fails when Πt(⋅,d)\Pi_t(\cdot,d)Πt​(⋅,d) is flat.

The standing assumptions are the hypotheses of every statement:

  • nonnegative unit costs and 0≤γ≤10\le\gamma\le10≤γ≤1;
  • the noise conditions and the strictly decreasing inverse demand;
  • Assumption 1;
  • (1−γ)c≤h−(1-\gamma)c\le h^-(1−γ)c≤h−, the §4 assumption c≤h−/(1−γ)c\le h^-/(1-\gamma)c≤h−/(1−γ);
  • h+≤(1−γ)θh^+\le(1-\gamma)\thetah+≤(1−γ)θ with γ<1\gamma<1γ<1, the §6.1 assumption θ≥h+/(1−γ)\theta\ge h^+/(1-\gamma)θ≥h+/(1−γ), which divides by 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ.

Deviations from the page, all disclosed in the items:

  • Only the backlogging case of Theorem 3 is stated. The lost-sales case rests on Theorem 2, which is not posed.
  • The hypothesis "the starting inventory level of the planning horizon is zero" constrains no object of the statement, and the conclusion is stated for every state.
  • Π~t\tilde\Pi_tΠ~t​'s printed term −γc s~l−1-\gamma c\,\tilde s_{l-1}−γcs~l−1​ depends on the state and the noise. It is read as −γc sl-\gamma c\,s_l−γcsl​, which leaves the maximizers unchanged.
  • The objective missing from the printed definition of Sˉt(d)\bar S_t(d)Sˉt​(d) is Πt\Pi_tΠt​.
  • The upper step's "Gt=Πt+γE[ft+1]G_t=\Pi_t+\gamma\mathbb E[f_{t+1}]Gt​=Πt​+γE[ft+1​]" omits a term constant in sls_lsl​.
  • The lower-bound display of the proof of Theorem 3 is not stated. Its exponents t+l−3t+l-3t+l−3, t+l−2t+l-2t+l−2 should read l−3l-3l−3, l−2l-2l−2, and even then, for arbitrary sl′>sl≥sl−1s'_l>s_l\ge s_{l-1}sl′​>sl​≥sl−1​, it fails when h+>γch^+>\gamma ch+>γc. Example: l=2l=2l=2, deterministic demand, c=1c=1c=1, γ=12\gamma=\tfrac12γ=21​, h+=h−=1h^+=h^-=1h+=h−=1, θ=2\theta=2θ=2, one period after the current one, s1=0s_1=0s1​=0, d=12d=\tfrac12d=21​, sl=100s_l=100sl​=100, sl′=101s'_l=101sl′​=101: the left side is −3-3−3 and the right side is −2.75-2.75−2.75. In that case an unused unit is disposed of at cost θ\thetaθ, not θ~\tilde\thetaθ~. Theorem 3 itself is stated as printed, with S‾t(d)\underline S_t(d)S​t​(d) defined through Π~t\tilde\Pi_tΠ~t​.

The goal must not be trivialized. Its continuation, the concavity of GtG_tGt​ and the monotonicity of ft+1f_{t+1}ft+1​ are properties of the model's own recursion, never hypotheses on abstract functions. Likewise slt(s,d)s_{lt}(s,d)slt​(s,d) is defined through GtG_tGt​, never through Πt\Pi_tΠt​ or Π~t\tilde\Pi_tΠ~t​.

A complete development needs:

  • L♮-concavity preservation under partial maximization over an L♮-convex set and under expectation;
  • concavity of expectations of piecewise-linear functions of the noise;
  • measurability and integrability of the stage value gtg_tgt​ in the noise;
  • the coupling arguments for Proposition 1 and the lower bound.

The L♮ preservation lemmas are reusable for other discrete-convexity models in inventory theory. Contributions toward any milestone, or toward that infrastructure, are welcome.

The source is the published Operations Research article. In the held scan, printed page = PDF page + 282.

Selected references

  • X. Chen, Z. Pang, L. Pan, Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products, Operations Research 62(2):284–300, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1261
  • K. Murota, Discrete Convex Analysis, SIAM, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718508
  • P. Zipkin, On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models, Operations Research 56(4):937–944, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0482
  • S. Nahmias, Perishable Inventory Theory: A Review, Operations Research 30(4):680–708, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.680
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products 1: With Backlogging, the Profit-to-Go Is L♮-Concave and the Optimal Policy Is Monotone with Bounded SensitivityResearch Paper

Motivation

Food, blood and pharmaceuticals are perishable: a unit not sold within its lifetime is thrown away. A seller decides each period how much to order, which price to charge, and whether to dispose of stock early. A large stock of old units argues for a lower price and a smaller order.

Optimal policies for fixed-lifetime inventory are hard to characterize: the state is a vector of inventory levels by remaining lifetime (Fries 1975; Nahmias 1982), and later work turned largely to heuristics.

Chen, Pang and Pan (Oper. Res. 62(2), 2014) obtained structural results for the joint ordering, pricing and disposal problem with a positive replenishment lead time. They used L♮-concavity, a notion from discrete convex analysis (Murota 2003) that Zipkin (2008) used to analyze lost-sales inventory systems with lead times. This mission formalizes the paper's result for the case where unmet demand is backlogged.

Setting

A product with a lifetime of exactly l≥2l \ge 2l≥2 periods is reviewed periodically over a finite horizon of TTT periods. Orders arrive after a lead time of kkk periods, 0≤k<l0 \le k < l0≤k<l. Write L=l−1L = l - 1L=l−1.

Vectors and L♮-convexity. For vectors u,v∈Rnu, v \in \mathbb{R}^nu,v∈Rn, u∧vu \wedge vu∧v and u∨vu \vee vu∨v are the componentwise minimum and maximum, and eee is the all-ones vector. A set V\mathcal{V}V is L♮-convex if (u+αe)∧v(u + \alpha e) \wedge v(u+αe)∧v and u∨(v−αe)u \vee (v - \alpha e)u∨(v−αe) lie in V\mathcal{V}V for all u,v∈Vu, v \in \mathcal{V}u,v∈V and α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0. A function fff is L♮-convex on V\mathcal{V}V if moreover

f(u)+f(v)≥f((u+αe)∧v)+f(u∨(v−αe)),f(u) + f(v) \ge f\big((u + \alpha e) \wedge v\big) + f\big(u \vee (v - \alpha e)\big),f(u)+f(v)≥f((u+αe)∧v)+f(u∨(v−αe)),

and L♮-concave if −f-f−f is L♮-convex. The ordered sets are Vn,k={s∈Rn:s1≤⋯≤sk}\mathcal{V}_{n,k} = \{s \in \mathbb{R}^n : s_1 \le \dots \le s_k\}Vn,k​={s∈Rn:s1​≤⋯≤sk​}.

Data. The unit costs are ccc (ordering), h+h^+h+ (holding), h−h^-h− (backlogging) and θ\thetaθ (disposal), all nonnegative, and γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0, 1]γ∈[0,1] is the discount factor. The seller chooses the expected demand d∈D=[d‾,dˉ]d \in \mathcal{D} = [\underline d, \bar d]d∈D=[d​,dˉ] in place of the price. The price is P(d)P(d)P(d), strictly decreasing, and the expected revenue P(d)dP(d)dP(d)d is continuous and concave on D\mathcal{D}D. The realized demand is dt=d+εtd_t = d + \varepsilon_tdt​=d+εt​, where the noise terms are i.i.d. with mean zero and support in [A,B][A, B][A,B], A≤0≤BA \le 0 \le BA≤0≤B, and d‾+A≥0\underline d + A \ge 0d​+A≥0.

State and decisions. The state s=(s1,…,sl−1)s = (s_1, \dots, s_{l-1})s=(s1​,…,sl−1​) satisfies s1≤⋯≤sl−1s_1 \le \dots \le s_{l-1}s1​≤⋯≤sl−1​, so the state space is S=Vl−1,l−1\mathcal{S} = \mathcal{V}_{l-1,l-1}S=Vl−1,l−1​. The coordinate sis_isi​ is the inventory, net of backorders, with residual lifetime at most iii, including orders in transit. Each period the seller chooses:

  • an order-up-to level sl≥sl−1s_l \ge s_{l-1}sl​≥sl−1​;
  • a demand level d∈Dd \in \mathcal{D}d∈D;
  • after demand is realized, a depletion aaa with s1∨dt≤a≤sl−k∨dts_1 \vee d_t \le a \le s_{l-k} \vee d_ts1​∨dt​≤a≤sl−k​∨dt​, so a−dta - d_ta−dt​ units are disposed of.

The next state is s~=(s2−a,…,sl−a)\tilde s = (s_2 - a, \dots, s_l - a)s~=(s2​−a,…,sl​−a).

Recursion. The modified profit-to-go satisfies fT+1=0f_{T+1} = 0fT+1​=0 and

ft(s)=max⁡sl≥sl−1, d∈D{P(d)d+E[gt(s,sl,d∣εt)]},gt=max⁡s1∨dt≤a≤sl−k∨dtϕt,f_t(s) = \max_{s_l \ge s_{l-1},\ d \in \mathcal{D}} \Big\{ P(d)d + \mathbb{E}\big[g_t(s, s_l, d \mid \varepsilon_t)\big] \Big\}, \qquad g_t = \max_{s_1 \vee d_t \le a \le s_{l-k} \vee d_t} \phi_t,ft​(s)=sl​≥sl−1​, d∈Dmax​{P(d)d+E[gt​(s,sl​,d∣εt​)]},gt​=s1​∨dt​≤a≤sl−k​∨dt​max​ϕt​, ϕt(s,sl,d,a∣εt)=γc s~l−1−csl−θ(a−dt)−h+(sl−k−a)+−h−(a−sl−k)++γft+1(s~).\phi_t(s, s_l, d, a \mid \varepsilon_t) = \gamma c\,\tilde s_{l-1} - c s_l - \theta(a - d_t) - h^+(s_{l-k} - a)^+ - h^-(a - s_{l-k})^+ + \gamma f_{t+1}(\tilde s).ϕt​(s,sl​,d,a∣εt​)=γcs~l−1​−csl​−θ(a−dt​)−h+(sl−k​−a)+−h−(a−sl−k​)++γft+1​(s~).

In §4 the paper also assumes c≤h−/(1−γ)c \le h^-/(1 - \gamma)c≤h−/(1−γ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 291)

For t=1,…,T+1t = 1, \dots, T+1t=1,…,T+1, ftf_tft​, gtg_tgt​ and ϕt\phi_tϕt​ are L♮-concave in sss, (s,sl,d)(s, s_l, d)(s,sl​,d) and (s,sl,d,a)(s, s_l, d, a)(s,sl​,d,a). The largest optimal order-up-to level slt(s)s_{lt}(s)slt​(s) and demand level dt(s)d_t(s)dt​(s) are nondecreasing in sss, the optimal price is nonincreasing, and

slt(s+ωe)≤slt(s)+ω,dt(s+ωe)≤dt(s)+ω(ω≥0).s_{lt}(s + \omega e) \le s_{lt}(s) + \omega, \qquad d_t(s + \omega e) \le d_t(s) + \omega \qquad (\omega \ge 0).slt​(s+ωe)≤slt​(s)+ω,dt​(s+ωe)≤dt​(s)+ω(ω≥0).

The largest optimal depletion at(s,sl,d∣ε)a_t(s, s_l, d \mid \varepsilon)at​(s,sl​,d∣ε) is nondecreasing, and at(s+ωe,sl+ω,d+ω∣ε)≤at(s,sl,d∣ε)+ωa_t(s + \omega e, s_l + \omega, d + \omega \mid \varepsilon) \le a_t(s, s_l, d \mid \varepsilon) + \omegaat​(s+ωe,sl​+ω,d+ω∣ε)≤at​(s,sl​,d∣ε)+ω.

Milestones

  • The ordered sets Vn,k\mathcal{V}_{n,k}Vn,k​, Vn,k+\mathcal{V}^+_{n,k}Vn,k+​ are L♮-convex (p. 287).
  • Lemma 1: g(x,ξ)=f(x−ξe)g(x, \xi) = f(x - \xi e)g(x,ξ)=f(x−ξe) is L♮-convex when fff is (p. 287).
  • Lemma 2: partial minimization over an L♮-convex set preserves L♮-convexity (p. 287).
  • The set {a≥s1∨dt}\{a \ge s_1 \vee d_t\}{a≥s1​∨dt​} is L♮-convex (p. 291).
  • The bound ft+1(s~′)−ft+1(s~)≤(θ+c)δf_{t+1}(\tilde s') - f_{t+1}(\tilde s) \le (\theta + c)\deltaft+1​(s~′)−ft+1​(s~)≤(θ+c)δ for the next states generated by a′>a≥sl−k∨dta' > a \ge s_{l-k}\vee d_ta′>a≥sl−k​∨dt​ (p. 291).
  • (9): ϕt\phi_tϕt​ is nonincreasing in aaa beyond sl−k∨dts_{l-k} \vee d_tsl−k​∨dt​, so the upper bound on aaa can be dropped (p. 291).
  • Lemma 3: the largest minimizer of an L♮-convex function is monotone, with ξ(x+ωe)≤ξ(x)+ω\xi(x + \omega e) \le \xi(x) + \omegaξ(x+ωe)≤ξ(x)+ω (p. 287).
  • The first sentence of Theorem 1, the L♮-concavity of ftf_tft​, gtg_tgt​, ϕt\phi_tϕt​.
  • Corollary 1: monotone sensitivity of the order quantity and the demand level in each age class (p. 292).
  • Proposition 1: if θ≥h+/(1−γ)\theta \ge h^+/(1-\gamma)θ≥h+/(1−γ), depleting only dt∨s1d_t \vee s_1dt​∨s1​ is optimal (p. 292).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 gives a qualitative description of the optimal policy in a model where no closed form is available. Fresher inventory leads to ordering less and charging more. One more unit of inventory of any age raises the order-up-to level and the demand level by at most one unit. Corollary 1 refines this by age: the order quantity is most sensitive to young inventory, and the price discount is most sensitive to inventory close to expiry. These properties underlie the bounds and heuristics of §6 of the paper.

The formalization. The result is proved in the paper, but parts of the argument are informal: the (θ+c)δ(\theta + c)\delta(θ+c)δ bound is a coupling argument, existence of optimal solutions is "straightforward to check and thus omitted", and Lemmas 1–3 are stated without proof. A formalization makes the induction checkable and yields a reusable library of L♮-convexity on real vectors with domains, used by the wider family of inventory models built on the same technique. None of these results is known to be machine-checked.

Difficulty

The obvious induction, that each step of the recursion preserves L♮-concavity, fails at the depletion problem (5): its constraint set is not L♮-convex, because of the upper bound a≤sl−k∨dta \le s_{l-k} \vee d_ta≤sl−k​∨dt​, so Lemma 2 does not apply. The bound must first be shown inactive, which needs a quantitative estimate of how the profit-to-go changes when backorders are added, a property of the value function itself.

Lemma 3 handles a scalar decision, while Theorem 1 has a pair (sl,d)(s_l, d)(sl​,d) and needs the componentwise-largest maximizer; every supremum and expectation must also be shown to be finite.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier. The paper treats F∈{R,Z}\mathbb{F} \in \{\mathbb{R}, \mathbb{Z}\}F∈{R,Z} at once. The mission formalizes the real case only.

  • L♮-convexity. Functions are real-valued on an explicit domain set, which is the paper's own convention for "L♮-convex on a set". The submodularity characterization is not used as the definition.

  • Indexing. States are Fin L → ℝ with L=l−1≥1L = l - 1 \ge 1L=l−1≥1, indexed from 0, and the lead time satisfies k≤Lk \le Lk≤L. The paper's sl−ks_{l-k}sl−k​ is coordinate L−kL - kL−k of (s1,…,sl)(s_1, \dots, s_l)(s1​,…,sl​): at k=0k = 0k=0 it is the decision sls_lsl​, and at k=Lk = Lk=L it is s1s_1s1​.

  • Time. Time is counted in periods to go, which is faithful because the data are stationary. f 0 = 0 is fT+1f_{T+1}fT+1​. The parts of Theorem 1 about gtg_tgt​, ϕt\phi_tϕt​ and decisions cover the decision periods t≤Tt \le Tt≤T.

  • Suprema and expectations. Every maximum is sSup of the image of a nonempty feasible set that is bounded above. Expectations are Bochner integrals against the noise law μ\muμ.

  • Optimal decisions. Largest optimal decisions are hypotheses at the points compared; at γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1, k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 no largest order-up-to level exists in the last period.

  • Standing assumptions. All the §3 assumptions (nonnegative costs, γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0,1]γ∈[0,1], strictly decreasing PPP, continuous concave revenue, zero-mean noise with support in [A,B][A, B][A,B], d‾+A≥0\underline d + A \ge 0d​+A≥0) are fields of the model structure. The §4 assumption c≤h−/(1−γ)c \le h^-/(1-\gamma)c≤h−/(1−γ) is a hypothesis (1−γ)c≤h−(1-\gamma)c \le h^-(1−γ)c≤h− of every §4 statement.

  • Corrected slips.

    • The paper sets ft=+∞f_t = +\inftyft​=+∞ off S\mathcal{S}S, a slip for −∞-\infty−∞. The Lean evaluates ftf_tft​ on S\mathcal{S}S only.
    • In Lemma 3, "ξ(x)+ω∈dom(f)\xi(x) + \omega \in \mathrm{dom}(f)ξ(x)+ω∈dom(f)" reads x+ωe∈dom(f)x + \omega e \in \mathrm{dom}(f)x+ωe∈dom(f).
    • The final "<0< 0<0" of (9) is stated as "≤0\le 0≤0". It is an equality when h−=0h^- = 0h−=0 and either γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1 or θ=0\theta = 0θ=0.
    • Proposition 1 needs γ<1\gamma < 1γ<1 for its quotient, and it asserts that dt∨s1d_t \vee s_1dt​∨s1​ is optimal, not that it is unique.
  • Ruled-out formalizations. Any of the following would trivialize the mission:

    • defining ftf_tft​ as an arbitrary L♮-concave function, or taking the continuation in ϕt\phi_tϕt​ as a hypothesis-bound function;
    • dropping the upper bound a≤sl−k∨dta \le s_{l-k} \vee d_ta≤sl−k​∨dt​ from the depletion interval;
    • restricting to l=2l = 2l=2.

    The value functions here are the model's own recursion, for every l≥2l \ge 2l≥2.

  • What is needed. L♮-convexity on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn with domains (shifts, sums, expectations, partial maximization, comparative statics for largest maximizers) and integrability of gtg_tgt​ in the noise; all reusable. Proofs of single milestones are welcome.

  • Source. The source is the published Operations Research article; in the copy held, printed page = PDF page + 282.

Selected references

  • X. Chen, Z. Pang, L. Pan, Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products, Operations Research 62(2):284–300, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1261
  • P. Zipkin, On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models, Operations Research 56(4):937–944, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0482
  • K. Murota, Discrete Convex Analysis, SIAM Monographs on Discrete Mathematics and Applications, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718508
  • B. Fries, Optimal Ordering Policy for a Perishable Commodity with Fixed Lifetime, Operations Research 23(1):46–61, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.23.1.46
  • S. Nahmias, Perishable Inventory Theory: A Review, Operations Research 30(4):680–708, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.680
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryMarkov ChainStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Strong and Weak Equilibria for Time-Inconsistent Stochastic Control in Continuous Time 4: Limits of Equilibria of the Time-Discretized Problems Are Weak Equilibria in Continuous TimeResearch Paper

Motivation

A decision maker is time-inconsistent when the plan that is optimal today stops being optimal tomorrow. The standard source is non-exponential discounting: a reward ttt units of time ahead is weighted by δ(t)\delta(t)δ(t), and unless δ\deltaδ is exponential the relative weight of two future dates changes as time passes. Hyperbolic and pseudo-exponential discount functions, which fit experimental and group-decision data better than exponential ones, all have this property. For such an agent "optimal control" is not a meaningful target, and the literature instead looks for equilibrium policies: plans that no current self wants to deviate from, given that all future selves follow the plan.

In discrete time the definition is unambiguous: a policy is an equilibrium if deviating at the current step alone does not help. In continuous time there is no "current step", and the usual definition, due to Ekeland and Lazrak (2006), compares the payoff of the plan with that of a deviation on a short interval [0,ε][0,\varepsilon][0,ε] through a first-order condition as ε↓0\varepsilon\downarrow0ε↓0. Huang and Zhou (arXiv:1809.09243, Math. Oper. Res. 2021) call this a weak equilibrium, introduce a strong equilibrium that requires the deviation to be unprofitable for every small ε\varepsilonε, and study both for a controlled finite-state Markov chain.

A natural question is whether continuous-time equilibria are the limits of the discrete-time ones as the time step shrinks. This mission formalizes the paper's answer (§5.1): limits of discrete equilibria are always weak equilibria. The paper's Example 5.1 shows they need not be strong.

Setting

The state space is S={1,…,N}S=\{1,\dots,N\}S={1,…,N}. A continuous-time Markov chain on SSS is controlled through its generator Q=(qij)Q=(q_{ij})Q=(qij​): in state iii the row QiQ_iQi​ is chosen from an admissible set Di⊆Ei={q:qj≥0 (j≠i), qi=−∑j≠iqj}D_i\subseteq E_i=\{q: q_j\ge0\ (j\ne i),\ q_i=-\sum_{j\ne i}q_j\}Di​⊆Ei​={q:qj​≥0 (j=i), qi​=−∑j=i​qj​}, and the control space is Q={Q:Qi∈Di ∀i}\mathcal Q=\{Q: Q_i\in D_i\ \forall i\}Q={Q:Qi​∈Di​ ∀i}. A payoff function f(t,i,q)f(t,i,q)f(t,i,q) gives the reward at time-distance ttt from now, in state iii, under row qqq. The standing assumptions are continuity of t↦f(t,i,q)t\mapsto f(t,i,q)t↦f(t,i,q) on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and, for each c>0c>0c>0, integrability over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) of sup⁡i, q∈Di, ∥q∥≤c∣f(t,i,q)∣\sup_{i,\,q\in D_i,\,\|q\|\le c}|f(t,i,q)|supi,q∈Di​,∥q∥≤c​∣f(t,i,q)∣ (condition (2.3)). The expected payoff from state iii is

F(i,Q)=Ei,Q[∫0∞f(t,Xt,QXt) dt]=∫0∞∑j(etQ)ijf(t,j,Qj) dt,F(i,Q)=\mathbb E_{i,Q}\Big[\int_0^\infty f(t,X_t,Q_{X_t})\,dt\Big]=\int_0^\infty\sum_j(e^{tQ})_{ij}f(t,j,Q_j)\,dt,F(i,Q)=Ei,Q​[∫0∞​f(t,Xt​,QXt​​)dt]=∫0∞​j∑​(etQ)ij​f(t,j,Qj​)dt,

and F(Q)=(F(1,Q),…,F(N,Q))F(Q)=(F(1,Q),\dots,F(N,Q))F(Q)=(F(1,Q),…,F(N,Q)). With Q⊗εQ∗Q\otimes_\varepsilon Q^*Q⊗ε​Q∗ the generator that uses QQQ on [0,ε][0,\varepsilon][0,ε] and Q∗Q^*Q∗ afterwards, Q∗∈QQ^*\in\mathcal QQ∗∈Q is a weak equilibrium if lim inf⁡ε↓0(F(i,Q∗)−F(i,Q⊗εQ∗))/ε≥0\liminf_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}\big(F(i,Q^*)-F(i,Q\otimes_\varepsilon Q^*)\big)/\varepsilon\ge0liminfε↓0​(F(i,Q∗)−F(i,Q⊗ε​Q∗))/ε≥0 for all iii and Q∈QQ\in\mathcal QQ∈Q. The first-order quantity is ΓQ∗(q)=f(0,i,q)+q⋅F(Q∗)\Gamma^{Q^*}(q)=f(0,i,q)+q\cdot F(Q^*)ΓQ∗(q)=f(0,i,q)+q⋅F(Q∗).

Discretization. Fix a mesh δn>0\delta_n>0δn​>0. A transition matrix uuu (rows in the probability simplex P\mathfrak PP) has generator Qu,n=(u−I)/δnQ^{u,n}=(u-I)/\delta_nQu,n=(u−I)/δn​, the admissible matrices are An={u:Qu,n∈Q}\mathcal A^n=\{u: Q^{u,n}\in\mathcal Q\}An={u:Qu,n∈Q}, and the discrete payoff is κn(k,i,α)=f(kδn,i,(α−ei)/δn) δn\kappa^n(k,i,\alpha)=f\big(k\delta_n,i,(\alpha-e_i)/\delta_n\big)\,\delta_nκn(k,i,α)=f(kδn​,i,(α−ei​)/δn​)δn​. The discrete value is Vn(i,u)=Ei,u[∑k≥0κn(k,Xk,uXk)]V^n(i,u)=\mathbb E_{i,u}\big[\sum_{k\ge0}\kappa^n(k,X_k,u_{X_k})\big]Vn(i,u)=Ei,u​[∑k≥0​κn(k,Xk​,uXk​​)], and un∈Anu^n\in\mathcal A^nun∈An is a discrete equilibrium if Vn(i,un)≥Vn(i,u⊗1un)V^n(i,u^n)\ge V^n(i,u\otimes_1u^n)Vn(i,un)≥Vn(i,u⊗1​un) for all iii and u∈Anu\in\mathcal A^nu∈An, where u⊗1unu\otimes_1u^nu⊗1​un uses uuu at time 000 and unu^nun afterwards. The continuation values are Hin(un)=Ei,un[∑k≥0κn(k+1,Xk,uXkn)]H^n_i(u^n)=\mathbb E_{i,u^n}\big[\sum_{k\ge0}\kappa^n(k+1,X_k,u^n_{X_k})\big]Hin​(un)=Ei,un​[∑k≥0​κn(k+1,Xk​,uXk​n​)]. Theorem 5.2 additionally assumes (5.8): for some T>0T>0T>0, t↦∣f(t,i,q)∣t\mapsto|f(t,i,q)|t↦∣f(t,i,q)∣ is nonincreasing on [T,∞)[T,\infty)[T,∞).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.2

Let δn↓0\delta_n\downarrow0δn​↓0, let unu^nun be an equilibrium of the problem with mesh δn\delta_nδn​, Qn=Qun,nQ^n=Q^{u^n,n}Qn=Qun,n, and suppose f(⋅,i,⋅)f(\cdot,i,\cdot)f(⋅,i,⋅) is continuous on [0,∞)×Di[0,\infty)\times D_i[0,∞)×Di​. If Qnk→Q∗∈QQ^{n_k}\to Q^*\in\mathcal QQnk​→Q∗∈Q along a subsequence, then

ΓQ∗(Qi∗)≥ΓQ∗(Qi)for all (i,Q)∈S×Q,and Q∗ is a weak equilibrium.\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q^*_i)\ge\Gamma^{Q^*}(Q_i)\quad\text{for all }(i,Q)\in S\times\mathcal Q,\qquad\text{and } Q^* \text{ is a weak equilibrium.}ΓQ∗(Qi∗​)≥ΓQ∗(Qi​)for all (i,Q)∈S×Q,and Q∗ is a weak equilibrium.

Milestones

  1. (5.12): an equilibrium unu^nun satisfies κn(0,i,uin)+Hn(un)⋅uin≥κn(0,i,ui)+Hn(un)⋅ui\kappa^n(0,i,u^n_i)+H^n(u^n)\cdot u^n_i\ge\kappa^n(0,i,u_i)+H^n(u^n)\cdot u_iκn(0,i,uin​)+Hn(un)⋅uin​≥κn(0,i,ui​)+Hn(un)⋅ui​ for all u∈Anu\in\mathcal A^nu∈An.
  2. Generator form (proof of Theorem 5.2): dividing by δn\delta_nδn​, the same inequality reads f(0,i,Qin)+H⋅Qin≥f(0,i,Qiu,n)+H⋅Qiu,nf(0,i,Q^n_i)+H\cdot Q^n_i\ge f(0,i,Q^{u,n}_i)+H\cdot Q^{u,n}_if(0,i,Qin​)+H⋅Qin​≥f(0,i,Qiu,n​)+H⋅Qiu,n​.
  3. Continuity of Q↦F(Q)Q\mapsto F(Q)Q↦F(Q) on Q\mathcal QQ (proof of Theorem 3.3).
  4. Lemma 5.1: Hink(unk)→F(i,Q∗)H^{n_k}_i(u^{n_k})\to F(i,Q^*)Hink​​(unk​)→F(i,Q∗) along the subsequence.

Significance

The theorem justifies the weak-equilibrium notion from discrete time: whatever a time-inconsistent agent does on a fine time grid, the continuous-time limit satisfies the first-order condition (3.10). Combined with the paper's discrete existence result (Theorem 5.1) and compactness of Q\mathcal QQ, it yields weak equilibria by approximation (Remark 5.3). It also locates the gap between the two notions: the limit is weak but in general not strong.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing about it is open. No part of it has a machine-checked proof. A formal development adds a checked Euler-scheme comparison between (I+δQ)k(I+\delta Q)^k(I+δQ)k and ekδQe^{k\delta Q}ekδQ for generator matrices, a dominated passage to the limit for Riemann sums of the payoff, and continuity of the payoff in the generator, each reusable for other finite-state continuous-time control problems.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to divide the discrete one-step inequality (5.12) by δn\delta_nδn​ and let n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞. Its algebraic part is immediate. The difficulty is the convergence of the discrete continuation values Hn(un)H^n(u^n)Hn(un), which are infinite sums along a discrete chain with transition matrix unu^nun, to the continuous payoff F(Q∗)F(Q^*)F(Q∗), an integral along the continuous chain with generator Q∗Q^*Q∗. Three errors must be controlled at once: the discrete chain against the chain sampled from etQne^{tQ^n}etQn (the difference of kkk-th powers grows with k≈M/δnk\approx M/\delta_nk≈M/δn​), the Riemann sum against the integral (needs uniform continuity of fff jointly in ttt and qqq), and F(Qn)F(Q^n)F(Qn) against F(Q∗)F(Q^*)F(Q∗). The tail of the infinite sums is not controlled by (2.3) alone: integrability of a majorant does not make its samples on a grid summable, which is why (5.8) is assumed. A second subtlety concerns the last step: the paper passes from (3.10) to the weak-equilibrium property through Theorem 3.1, which assumes a condition (3.3) that Theorem 5.2 does not. The conclusion is still true without (3.3), but no numbered statement of the paper provides that step.

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin N; rows are Fin N → ℝ with the sup norm, generators and transition matrices are Matrix (Fin N) (Fin N) ℝ with the product topology.
  • Expectations are written through marginals: F(i,Q)=∫0∞∑j(etQ)ijf(t,j,Qj) dtF(i,Q)=\int_0^\infty\sum_j(e^{tQ})_{ij}f(t,j,Q_j)\,dtF(i,Q)=∫0∞​∑j​(etQ)ij​f(t,j,Qj​)dt (Bochner integral) and Hin(u)=∑k∑j(uk)ijκn(k+1,j,uj)H^n_i(u)=\sum_k\sum_j(u^k)_{ij}\kappa^n(k+1,j,u_j)Hin​(u)=∑k​∑j​(uk)ij​κn(k+1,j,uj​) (tsum). No Markov process is constructed.
  • The weak-equilibrium liminf is encoded as "for every η>0\eta>0η>0, eventually as ε↓0\varepsilon\downarrow0ε↓0 the quotient is ≥−η\ge-\eta≥−η".
  • "f(⋅,i,⋅)f(\cdot,i,\cdot)f(⋅,i,⋅) is continuous" is joint continuity on [0,∞)×Di[0,\infty)\times D_i[0,∞)×Di​; (5.8) is required for q∈Diq\in D_iq∈Di​; δn↓0\delta_n\downarrow0δn​↓0 is positivity, monotonicity and convergence to 000; the subsequence is a strictly increasing φ:N→N\varphi:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Nφ:N→N.
  • Not assumed: integrability of FFF, summability of HnH^nHn or (5.2) for κn\kappa^nκn (they follow from (2.3) and (5.8)), compactness of DiD_iDi​, and condition (3.3).
  • The equilibria unu^nun, the generators Qn=(un−I)/δnQ^n=(u^n-I)/\delta_nQn=(un−I)/δn​ and the subsequence are part of the goal's data. A version that only assumes "Qn→Q∗Q^n\to Q^*Qn→Q∗" for arbitrary Qn∈QQ^n\in\mathcal QQn∈Q would be false and is ruled out.
  • The continuity milestone is proved in the paper for compact DiD_iDi​; it is stated here without compactness, since only convergent sequences in Q\mathcal QQ matter.
  • Needed infrastructure: bounds on ∥(I+δQ)k−ekδQ∥\|(I+\delta Q)^k-e^{k\delta Q}\|∥(I+δQ)k−ekδQ∥ for generator matrices, stochasticity of etQe^{tQ}etQ for generator QQQ, dominated convergence for the payoff integral and for the discrete series. Contributions of these general lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y.-J. Huang and Z. Zhou, Strong and Weak Equilibria for Time-Inconsistent Stochastic Control in Continuous Time, Math. Oper. Res. 46(2), 2021; read as arXiv:1809.09243v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.09243 , https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2020.1066
  • I. Ekeland and A. Lazrak, Being serious about non-commitment: subgame perfect equilibrium in continuous time, tech. rep., University of British Columbia, 2006. http://arxiv.org/abs/math/0604264
  • S. N. Ethier and T. G. Kurtz, Markov Processes: Characterization and Convergence, Wiley, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316658
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Control TheoryMarkov ChainStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Strong and Weak Equilibria for Time-Inconsistent Stochastic Control in Continuous Time 3: Discrete-Time Equilibria Exist on an Infinite Horizon for Closed Convex Admissible Transition RowsResearch Paper

Motivation

In many dynamic decision problems the criterion an agent uses today is not the one it will use tomorrow. The standard example is non-exponential discounting: if a payoff received ttt periods from now is weighted by δ(t)\delta(t)δ(t) and δ\deltaδ is not geometric, then the plan that is optimal from today's point of view will be abandoned by the agent's future selves. Such problems are called time-inconsistent, and since Strotz (1955) the usual response is to look not for an optimal plan but for an equilibrium: a plan that no future self wants to deviate from, given that all later selves follow it.

Huang and Zhou (arXiv:1809.09243v3, Math. Oper. Res. 2021) study this for finite-state Markov chains, mainly in continuous time. Section 5 of their paper turns to discrete time. On a finite horizon a discrete-time equilibrium is built by backward induction; on an infinite horizon there is no last period to start from, and, as the authors note, "little is known about the existence and characterization of equilibria, even in discrete time" (p. 15). Their Theorem 5.1 gives a general existence result for this case. This mission formalizes it.

Setting

Let S={1,…,N}S=\{1,\dots,N\}S={1,…,N} and Nˉ={0,1,2,… }\bar{\mathbb N}=\{0,1,2,\dots\}Nˉ={0,1,2,…}. A time-homogeneous Markov chain X=(Xt)t∈NˉX=(X_t)_{t\in\bar{\mathbb N}}X=(Xt​)t∈Nˉ​ on SSS is controlled by choosing its transition matrix u=(uij)u=(u_{ij})u=(uij​); the iii-th row uiu_iui​ is the distribution of Xt+1X_{t+1}Xt+1​ given Xt=iX_t=iXt​=i. Rows live in the probability simplex

P={α∈R+N: ∑iαi=1}.(5.1)\mathfrak P=\Big\{\alpha\in\mathbb R^N_+:\ \sum_i\alpha_i=1\Big\}. \qquad (5.1)P={α∈R+N​: i∑​αi​=1}.(5.1)

For each state iii a set Ai⊆P\mathcal A_i\subseteq\mathfrak PAi​⊆P of admissible rows is given, and A={u∈RN×N:ui∈Ai ∀i}\mathcal A=\{u\in\mathbb R^{N\times N}: u_i\in\mathcal A_i\ \forall i\}A={u∈RN×N:ui​∈Ai​ ∀i}.

A payoff κ:Nˉ×S×P→R\kappa:\bar{\mathbb N}\times S\times\mathfrak P\to\mathbb Rκ:Nˉ×S×P→R is continuous, and κ(t,i,α)\kappa(t,i,\alpha)κ(t,i,α) is the reward ttt periods from now when the chain is at iii and uses row α\alphaα. The dependence on ttt, the time difference from the present, is what makes the problem time-inconsistent. It is assumed that

∑t=0∞ sup⁡(i,α)∈S×P∣κ(t,i,α)∣<∞.(5.2)\sum_{t=0}^\infty\ \sup_{(i,\alpha)\in S\times\mathfrak P}|\kappa(t,i,\alpha)|<\infty. \qquad (5.2)t=0∑∞​ (i,α)∈S×Psup​∣κ(t,i,α)∣<∞.(5.2)

The value of uuu from state iii is V(i,u)=Ei,u[∑t≥0κ(t,Xt,uXt)]V(i,u)=\mathbb E_{i,u}\big[\sum_{t\ge0}\kappa(t,X_t,u_{X_t})\big]V(i,u)=Ei,u​[∑t≥0​κ(t,Xt​,uXt​​)], and Hj(u)=Ej,u[∑t≥0κ(t+1,Xt,uXt)]H_j(u)=\mathbb E_{j,u}\big[\sum_{t\ge0}\kappa(t+1,X_t,u_{X_t})\big]Hj​(u)=Ej,u​[∑t≥0​κ(t+1,Xt​,uXt​​)] is the same with the clock shifted by one.

For u,u∗∈Au,u^*\in\mathcal Au,u∗∈A the concatenation u⊗1u∗u\otimes_1u^*u⊗1​u∗ uses uuu for the step at time 000 and u∗u^*u∗ for every later step. A matrix u∗∈Au^*\in\mathcal Au∗∈A is an equilibrium (Definition 5.1) if

V(i,u∗) ≥ V(i,u⊗1u∗)for all (i,u)∈S×A:V(i,u^*)\ \ge\ V(i,u\otimes_1u^*)\qquad\text{for all }(i,u)\in S\times\mathcal A:V(i,u∗) ≥ V(i,u⊗1​u∗)for all (i,u)∈S×A:

the self at time 000 cannot gain by a one-step deviation, given that all later selves use u∗u^*u∗.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1 (p. 16)

If every Ai\mathcal A_iAi​ is nonempty, convex and closed and every κ(0,i,⋅)\kappa(0,i,\cdot)κ(0,i,⋅) is concave on P\mathfrak PP, then

∃ u∗∈AwithV(i,u∗)≥V(i,u⊗1u∗)  ∀(i,u)∈S×A.\exists\,u^*\in\mathcal A\quad\text{with}\quad V(i,u^*)\ge V(i,u\otimes_1u^*)\ \ \forall(i,u)\in S\times\mathcal A.∃u∗∈AwithV(i,u∗)≥V(i,u⊗1​u∗)  ∀(i,u)∈S×A.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 5.1, Appendix B.1)

  1. (5.4), p. 15: the one-step decomposition
V(i,u⊗1u∗)=κ(0,i,ui)+∑j=1NHj(u∗) uij.V(i,u\otimes_1u^*)=\kappa(0,i,u_i)+\sum_{j=1}^N H_j(u^*)\,u_{ij}.V(i,u⊗1​u∗)=κ(0,i,ui​)+j=1∑N​Hj​(u∗)uij​.
  1. Continuity of hhh, p. 27: for each jjj, u↦Hj(u)u\mapsto H_j(u)u↦Hj​(u) is continuous on A\mathcal AA.
  2. Best response, p. 27: the correspondence Φ(u)={w∈A:w∈arg⁡max⁡u′∈AV(i,u′⊗1u) ∀i}\Phi(u)=\{w\in\mathcal A: w\in\arg\max_{u'\in\mathcal A}V(i,u'\otimes_1u)\ \forall i\}Φ(u)={w∈A:w∈argmaxu′∈A​V(i,u′⊗1​u) ∀i} has nonempty, closed, convex values and is upper semicontinuous on A\mathcal AA.
  3. Kakutani's fixed-point theorem (already proved on the platform, referenced).

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.1 says that infinite-horizon, discrete-time, finite-state time-inconsistent control always admits an equilibrium under convexity and concavity alone: no discounting structure, no stationarity of κ\kappaκ in ttt, and no compactness beyond what P\mathfrak PP provides. Remark 5.2 of the paper shows that concavity of κ(0,i,⋅)\kappa(0,i,\cdot)κ(0,i,⋅) cannot simply be dropped: with strictly convex time-000 payoffs, a two-state example has no equilibrium. The discrete-time model is also the bridge to the continuous-time theory: Theorem 5.2 of the same paper (a companion mission) shows that limits of equilibria of time-discretizations are weak equilibria in continuous time.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper in one page. The formalization produces a machine-checked existence theorem whose definitions make the probabilistic content explicit (the value is written through the marginals (ut)ij(u^t)_{ij}(ut)ij​ of the chain), together with a reusable decomposition (5.4) and continuity of the shifted value HHH in the transition matrix. None of this is formalized elsewhere on the platform; Kakutani's theorem, the one external ingredient, is.

Difficulty

Backward induction, the standard construction of discrete-time equilibria, has no starting point on an infinite horizon, so existence cannot be obtained by a recursion. The value Hj(u)H_j(u)Hj​(u) is an infinite sum of products of matrix powers (ut)jk(u^t)_{jk}(ut)jk​ with κ(t+1,k,uk)\kappa(t+1,k,u_k)κ(t+1,k,uk​), and its regularity in the transition matrix uuu is not automatic: each term is continuous, but passing limits through the sum, and exchanging it with the finite sum over states in (5.4), needs the uniform tail control of (5.2) combined with the stochasticity of every power utu^tut. Without concavity of κ(0,i,⋅)\kappa(0,i,\cdot)κ(0,i,⋅) the statement fails (Remark 5.2, p. 16, gives a two-state counterexample), so any argument must use it. Finally, the referenced fixed-point theorem is stated on Euclidean space, while the controls are N×NN\times NN×N matrices.

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin N (state kkk of the paper is index k−1k-1k−1); rows are Fin N → ℝ; transition matrices are Matrix (Fin N) (Fin N) ℝ with the product topology.
  • Expectations are written through the one-dimensional marginals of the chain: V(i,u)=∑t∑j(ut)ijκ(t,j,uj)V(i,u)=\sum_t\sum_j(u^t)_{ij}\kappa(t,j,u_j)V(i,u)=∑t​∑j​(ut)ij​κ(t,j,uj​), Hi(u)=∑t∑j(ut)ijκ(t+1,j,uj)H_i(u)=\sum_t\sum_j(u^t)_{ij}\kappa(t+1,j,u_j)Hi​(u)=∑t​∑j​(ut)ij​κ(t+1,j,uj​), and V(i,u⊗1u∗)=κ(0,i,ui)+∑t∑j(u(u∗)t)ijκ(t+1,j,uj∗)V(i,u\otimes_1u^*)=\kappa(0,i,u_i)+\sum_t\sum_j(u(u^*)^t)_{ij}\kappa(t+1,j,u^*_j)V(i,u⊗1​u∗)=κ(0,i,ui​)+∑t​∑j​(u(u∗)t)ij​κ(t+1,j,uj∗​). This is Fubini plus the marginal laws of a finite chain; no Markov process is constructed. The concatenated value is defined from the process, not by (5.4), so (5.4) is a genuine statement.
  • The infinite sums are tsums. A tsum of a non-summable family is 000 in Lean; here (5.2) and the stochasticity of utu^tut make every sum absolutely convergent, and no summability hypothesis appears in any statement.
  • The standing assumptions of §5 are one structure: Ai⊆P\mathcal A_i\subseteq\mathfrak PAi​⊆P; κ(t,i,⋅)\kappa(t,i,\cdot)κ(t,i,⋅) continuous on P\mathfrak PP for all t,it,it,i (continuity on Nˉ×S×P\bar{\mathbb N}\times S\times\mathfrak PNˉ×S×P, both first factors being discrete); (5.2) as a summable majorant bt≥∣κ(t,i,α)∣b_t\ge|\kappa(t,i,\alpha)|bt​≥∣κ(t,i,α)∣ on P\mathfrak PP.
  • Added hypothesis: every Ai\mathcal A_iAi​ is nonempty. The page's "convex and closed" allows Ai=∅\mathcal A_i=\emptysetAi​=∅, in which case A=∅\mathcal A=\emptysetA=∅ and no equilibrium exists.
  • Concavity of κ(0,i,⋅)\kappa(0,i,\cdot)κ(0,i,⋅) is assumed on all of P\mathfrak PP, as on the page; closedness of Ai\mathcal A_iAi​ gives compactness because P\mathfrak PP is compact, and no compactness is assumed.
  • Upper semicontinuity of Φ\PhiΦ is stated with sequences, as on the page.
  • A trivializing formalization would define V(i,u⊗1u∗)V(i,u\otimes_1u^*)V(i,u⊗1​u∗) by formula (5.4), or add summability or equilibrium-shaped hypotheses to the goal; none of these is done.
  • Infrastructure a complete development needs: bounds on entries of products of stochastic matrices, dominated (Weierstrass M-test) continuity of tsums, a linear homeomorphism between Matrix (Fin N) (Fin N) ℝ and EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (N*N)) to apply the referenced Kakutani theorem. The first two are reusable for any finite-state Markov reward model. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y.-J. Huang and Z. Zhou, Strong and Weak Equilibria for Time-Inconsistent Stochastic Control in Continuous Time, Math. Oper. Res. 46(2), 2021; read as arXiv:1809.09243v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.09243 , https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2020.1066
  • S. Kakutani, A generalization of Brouwer's fixed point theorem, Duke Math. J. 8(3), 457–459, 1941. https://doi.org/10.1215/S0012-7094-41-00838-4
  • R. H. Strotz, Myopia and inconsistency in dynamic utility maximization, Rev. Econ. Stud. 23(3), 165–180, 1955. https://doi.org/10.2307/2295722
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs 1: Deterministic Cutting-Plane Bellman Approximations Become Exact Along the Generated TrajectoriesResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage stochastic programs model sequential decisions under uncertainty: hydro-thermal scheduling, inventory and capacity planning, portfolio management. The dominant solution methods, Stochastic Dual Dynamic Programming (SDDP, Pereira and Pinto 1991) and its relatives CUPPS and DOASA, never compute the Bellman (future-cost) functions of the problem. Instead they build outer approximations of them by cutting planes: affine minorants obtained from the optimal values and Lagrange multipliers of one-stage subproblems. Practitioners run these methods on very large problems, so the question of whether, and in what sense, the approximations converge is of direct practical relevance.

Earlier convergence proofs (Philpott and Guan 2008; Shapiro 2011) rely on linear stage problems, where only finitely many distinct cuts can be generated and convergence is finite. Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott (Math. Oper. Res. 2015) prove convergence for convex stage problems, where infinitely many distinct cuts may appear and finite termination is lost. This mission covers the first half of that paper: the deterministic multistage problem (§2), whose proof contains the whole scheme of the argument. The stochastic scenario-tree version is the companion mission of this series.

Setting

Fix a horizon T≥1T\ge1T≥1. States lie in Rd\mathbb R^dRd and controls in Rp\mathbb R^pRp; values are in R‾=R∪{±∞}\overline{\mathbb R}=\mathbb R\cup\{\pm\infty\}R=R∪{±∞}. The data are state sets Xt⊆Rd\mathcal X_t\subseteq\mathbb R^dXt​⊆Rd, control multifunctions Ut:Rd⇉Rp\mathcal U_t:\mathbb R^d\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^pUt​:Rd⇉Rp, stage costs Ct(x,u)∈R∪{+∞}C_t(x,u)\in\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}Ct​(x,u)∈R∪{+∞}, linear dynamics ft(x,u)f_t(x,u)ft​(x,u), a final cost VTV_TVT​ and an initial state x0x_0x0​. The problem (1) is

min⁡x,u ∑t=0T−1Ct(xt,ut)+VT(xT)s.t. xt+1=ft(xt,ut), xt∈Xt, ut∈Ut(xt).\min_{x,u}\ \sum_{t=0}^{T-1}C_t(x_t,u_t)+V_T(x_T)\quad\text{s.t. } x_{t+1}=f_t(x_t,u_t),\ x_t\in\mathcal X_t,\ u_t\in\mathcal U_t(x_t).x,umin​ t=0∑T−1​Ct​(xt​,ut​)+VT​(xT​)s.t. xt+1​=ft​(xt​,ut​), xt​∈Xt​, ut​∈Ut​(xt​).

The Bellman functions are Vt(x)=inf⁡u∈Ut(x)Wt(x,u)V_t(x)=\inf_{u\in\mathcal U_t(x)}W_t(x,u)Vt​(x)=infu∈Ut​(x)​Wt​(x,u) on Xt\mathcal X_tXt​ and +∞+\infty+∞ elsewhere, with Wt(x,u)=Ct(x,u)+Vt+1(ft(x,u))W_t(x,u)=C_t(x,u)+V_{t+1}(f_t(x,u))Wt​(x,u)=Ct​(x,u)+Vt+1​(ft​(x,u)).

Assumptions (H₁) require Ut\mathcal U_tUt​ to be a convex multifunction with convex compact values; CtC_tCt​ and VTV_TVT​ to be convex, lower semicontinuous and proper; and VTV_TVT​ to be finite and Lipschitz on XT\mathcal X_TXT​. They also require extended relatively complete recourse (ERCR): for some δt>0\delta_t>0δt​>0, on the enlarged set Xt′=Xt+Bt(δt)\mathcal X'_t=\mathcal X_t+B_t(\delta_t)Xt′​=Xt​+Bt​(δt​) (a δt\delta_tδt​-neighbourhood inside the affine hull of Xt\mathcal X_tXt​) the cost CtC_tCt​ is finite and some admissible control leads into Xt+1\mathcal X_{t+1}Xt+1​.

The cutting-plane method keeps approximations VtkV^k_tVtk​, starting from Vt0≡−∞V^0_t\equiv-\inftyVt0​≡−∞ and with VTk=VTV^k_T=V_TVTk​=VT​. At iteration kkk it runs forward from x0k=x0x^k_0=x_0x0k​=x0​. At each stage it solves the one-stage problem with Vt+1k−1V^{k-1}_{t+1}Vt+1k−1​ in place of Vt+1V_{t+1}Vt+1​, which gives a minimizer utku^k_tutk​, the optimal value θtk\theta^k_tθtk​ and a Lagrange multiplier βtk\beta^k_tβtk​ of the constraint x=xtkx=x^k_tx=xtk​. It then adds the cut

Vtk(x)=max⁡(Vtk−1(x), θtk+⟨βtk,x−xtk⟩)V^k_t(x)=\max\big(V^{k-1}_t(x),\ \theta^k_t+\langle\beta^k_t,x-x^k_t\rangle\big)Vtk​(x)=max(Vtk−1​(x), θtk​+⟨βtk​,x−xtk​⟩)

and moves to xt+1k=ft(xtk,utk)x^k_{t+1}=f_t(x^k_t,u^k_t)xt+1k​=ft​(xtk​,utk​). The approximate cost-to-go is Wtk(x,u)=Ct(x,u)+Vt+1k(ft(x,u))W^k_t(x,u)=C_t(x,u)+V^k_{t+1}(f_t(x,u))Wtk​(x,u)=Ct​(x,u)+Vt+1k​(ft​(x,u)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

For every run of the method and every t=0,…,T−1t=0,\dots,T-1t=0,…,T−1,

lim⁡k→∞Wt(xtk,utk)−Vt(xtk)=0andlim⁡k→∞Vt(xtk)−Vtk(xtk)=0.\lim_{k\to\infty}W_t(x^k_t,u^k_t)-V_t(x^k_t)=0\qquad\text{and}\qquad\lim_{k\to\infty}V_t(x^k_t)-V^k_t(x^k_t)=0.k→∞lim​Wt​(xtk​,utk​)−Vt​(xtk​)=0andk→∞lim​Vt​(xtk​)−Vtk​(xtk​)=0.

The first limit says the computed decisions become optimal for the true Bellman functions; the second says the cuts become exact at the visited states. Nothing is claimed away from the generated trajectories.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  • Lemma 5.1 (marginal functions of convex problems over convex multifunctions are convex, and attained);
  • the tightness identity (10), Vtk(xtk)=θtk=Wtk−1(xtk,utk)V^k_t(x^k_t)=\theta^k_t=W^{k-1}_t(x^k_t,u^k_t)Vtk​(xtk​)=θtk​=Wtk−1​(xtk​,utk​);
  • Lemma 2.2 (i)–(iii): VtV_tVt​ convex and Lipschitz on Xt\mathcal X_tXt​; validity Vtk≤V~t≤VtV^k_t\le\tilde V_t\le V_tVtk​≤V~t​≤Vt​; bounded multipliers;
  • Corollary 2.1 (one Lipschitz constant for all cuts);
  • Lemma 5.2 (monotone Lipschitz minorants on a compact set);
  • the two halves of the backward induction step of the proof of Theorem 2.1.

Companion items state that runs exist under (H₁) and give Kelley's cutting-plane lemma (Lemma 2.1), the warm-up result of §2.

Significance

Theorem 2.1 is a convergence guarantee for cutting-plane decomposition of nonlinear convex multistage problems. It does not depend on finitely many dual extreme points, so it covers problems with nonlinear convex costs and convex control constraints. The result is the template for the stochastic Theorem 3.1, which covers SDDP, CUPPS and DOASA as special cases of a general node-selection scheme. Along the way the paper isolates ERCR, a constraint qualification that is exactly what bounds the Lagrange multipliers and makes the cuts uniformly Lipschitz.

The result is proved in the paper; as far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces a Lean statement of the deterministic algorithm, with extended-real Bellman functions, cut validity, and multiplier selection as a predicate on runs. It also supplies the statements of the reusable lemmas: marginal-function convexity, the monotone-minorant lemma, Kelley's method. Formal proofs of the milestones, alternative arguments, and explicit Lipschitz constants are all open.

Difficulty

The naive argument, "the approximations increase and are bounded by VtV_tVt​, so they converge", only gives pointwise convergence of VtkV^k_tVtk​ to some limit below VtV_tVt​. It does not show that the limit equals VtV_tVt​ at the states actually visited, and the visited states change from iteration to iteration. The proof must control cuts computed at one state when they are evaluated at another. This needs a uniform bound on the multipliers βtk\beta^k_tβtk​. That bound comes from ERCR (moving a distance δt/2\delta_t/2δt​/2 in every direction of the affine hull stays where the cost is finite), together with Lipschitz continuity of VtV_tVt​ on a compact set lying inside the relative interior of its domain. Without ERCR the multipliers can be unbounded and the argument breaks. A second difficulty is the backward induction itself: the conclusion at stage ttt uses both limits at stage t+1t+1t+1, and passing from Vt+1kV^k_{t+1}Vt+1k​ to Vt+1k−1V^{k-1}_{t+1}Vt+1k−1​ needs a compactness argument (Lemma 5.2).

Formalization scope

States are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and controls EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); costs and value functions are EReal-valued. Convexity of an extended-real function means convexity of its epigraph. Minima are EReal infima (+∞+\infty+∞ over an empty set), with attainment stated separately. VTV_TVT​ is extended by +∞+\infty+∞ outside XT\mathcal X_TXT​.

The Lagrange multiplier condition is encoded by (12): βtk\beta^k_tβtk​ lies in the direction space of Aff⁡(Xt)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_t)Aff(Xt​) and is a subgradient, on Aff⁡(Xt)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_t)Aff(Xt​), of the stage optimal value at xtkx^k_txtk​. A run is a predicate on (x,u,θ,β)(x,u,\theta,\beta)(x,u,θ,β): any minimizer and any multiplier are allowed. The paper's iteration k≥1k\ge1k≥1 is Lean's k + 1.

Standing assumptions added to (H₁), all used by the paper's proofs:

  • T>0T>0T>0;
  • every Xt\mathcal X_tXt​ (t≤Tt\le Tt≤T) is convex and compact (the paper uses this on pp. 5, 8 and 11 and states it as (H₂)(1) in §3);
  • x0∈X0x_0\in\mathcal X_0x0​∈X0​.

Deviations from the page:

  • Lemma 5.1 is stated for a jointly convex J(x,u)J(x,u)J(x,u), the form its proof and its use need.
  • Lemma 2.2 (ii) states Vtk≤V~tV^k_t\le\tilde V_tVtk​≤V~t​ on Aff⁡(Xt)\operatorname{Aff}(\mathcal X_t)Aff(Xt​). The printed "everywhere" fails outside the affine hull when that hull is a proper subspace.
  • Corollary 2.1 is stated wherever VtkV^k_tVtk​ is finite, because Vtk≡−∞V^k_t\equiv-\inftyVtk​≡−∞ during the first T−1−tT-1-tT−1−t iterations.

Limits are Tendsto … (𝓝 0) in EReal. There, convergence to 000 forces the differences to be eventually finite, so a value of ±∞\pm\infty±∞ cannot make a limit hold for free. The goal's hypotheses are exactly (H₁) and the run predicate. Statements that only assert the existence of a good run, or bound θtk\theta^k_tθtk​ instead of the cuts, are not formalizations of Theorem 2.1.

A complete development needs:

  • Lipschitz continuity of a convex function on a compact subset of the relative interior of its domain;
  • the existence of subgradients relative to an affine subspace;
  • marginal-function convexity for extended-real functions.

All three are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the companion items.

Selected references

  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs, Mathematics of Operations Research 40(1), 2015; author's version hal-01208295v1. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664, https://hal.science/hal-01208295
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Mathematical Programming 52, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Operations Research Letters 36(4), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013
  • A. Shapiro, Analysis of stochastic dual dynamic programming method, European Journal of Operational Research 209(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.08.007
  • J. E. Kelley, The cutting-plane method for solving convex programs, Journal of the SIAM 8(4), 1960. https://doi.org/10.1137/0108053
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes 1: Over s-Rectangular Ambiguity Sets, Robust Policy Improvement Is Solved by a Stationary Randomized Policy and the Fixed Point of the Robust Bellman MapResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) is evaluated with a transition kernel that, in practice, is estimated from data. The expected total reward of a policy can be very sensitive to small errors in that estimate (Mannor, Simester, Sun and Tsitsiklis, 2007). Robust MDPs address this by letting the kernel range over an ambiguity set and optimizing the worst-case expected reward. Iyengar (2005) and Nilim and El Ghaoui (2005) showed that when the ambiguity set is (s, a)-rectangular (the transition law of each state–action pair varies independently of all others), the robust problem is solved by a robust Bellman recursion and a deterministic stationary policy is optimal.

Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem (Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013) widen this to s-rectangular ambiguity sets, in which the transition laws of different actions in the same state may be coupled. Their Theorem 4.1 shows that robust policy improvement over such sets is still solved by a robust Bellman fixed point, but the optimal stationary policy may need to randomize. This mission formalizes that theorem and the chain of results its proof uses.

Timeline:

  • 2005: Iyengar; Nilim and El Ghaoui — robust dynamic programming over (s, a)-rectangular sets, deterministic stationary optimal policies.
  • 2010–2013: Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem — s-rectangular sets with affinely parametrized kernels; robust value iteration for evaluation (Theorem 3.2) and improvement (Theorem 4.1); randomization needed in general.

Setting

States form a finite set S\mathcal SS, actions a finite set A\mathcal AA. Choosing action aaa in state sss and moving to s′s's′ pays a reward r(s,a,s′)≥0r(s,a,s')\ge 0r(s,a,s′)≥0; rewards are discounted by λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1) and the initial state has a known law p0p_0p0​ in the probability simplex M(S)\mathcal M(\mathcal S)M(S).

The uncertain parameter ξ\xiξ lies in

Ξ={ξ∈Rq: ξ⊤Olξ+ol⊤ξ+ωl≥0, l=1,…,L},\Xi=\{\xi\in\mathbb R^q:\ \xi^\top O_l\xi+o_l^\top\xi+\omega_l\ge 0,\ l=1,\dots,L\},Ξ={ξ∈Rq: ξ⊤Ol​ξ+ol⊤​ξ+ωl​≥0, l=1,…,L},

with OlO_lOl​ symmetric negative semidefinite, Ξ\XiΞ bounded and containing a Slater point. Transition probabilities are affine in the parameter, pξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa+Ksaξ∈M(S)p^\xi(\cdot\mid s,a)=k_{sa}+K_{sa}\xi\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)pξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa​+Ksa​ξ∈M(S) for ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ. The ambiguity set P\mathcal PP is the set of kernels (pξ(⋅∣s,a))s,a(p^\xi(\cdot\mid s,a))_{s,a}(pξ(⋅∣s,a))s,a​, ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ. It is s-rectangular if P=×sPs\mathcal P=\times_{s}\mathcal P_sP=×s​Ps​, where Ps\mathcal P_sPs​ collects the blocks (Ps1,…,PsA)(P_{s1},\dots,P_{sA})(Ps1​,…,PsA​) of members of P\mathcal PP: the parameter may be chosen separately in each state.

A stationary randomized policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π assigns to each state a distribution π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s) over actions. It induces the Markov reward process

P^ss′(π;ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a),r^s(π;ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)∑s′pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′),\widehat P_{ss'}(\pi;\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)p^\xi(s'\mid s,a),\qquad \widehat r_s(\pi;\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)\sum_{s'}p^\xi(s'\mid s,a)r(s,a,s'),Pss′​(π;ξ)=a∑​π(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a),rs​(π;ξ)=a∑​π(a∣s)s′∑​pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′),

and the reward to-go v(π;ξ)=∑t≥0[λP^(π;ξ)]tr^(π;ξ)v(\pi;\xi)=\sum_{t\ge0}[\lambda\widehat P(\pi;\xi)]^t\widehat r(\pi;\xi)v(π;ξ)=∑t≥0​[λP(π;ξ)]tr(π;ξ). The worst-case expected total reward of π\piπ is inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤v(π;ξ)\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top v(\pi;\xi)infξ∈Ξ​p0⊤​v(π;ξ).

Two robust Bellman maps on RS\mathbb R^SRS carry the results:

ϕs(π;w)=min⁡ξ∈Ξ{r^s(π;ξ)+λ∑s′P^ss′(π;ξ)ws′},φs(w)=max⁡π∈Πϕs(π;w).\phi_s(\pi;w)=\min_{\xi\in\Xi}\Big\{\widehat r_s(\pi;\xi)+\lambda\sum_{s'}\widehat P_{ss'}(\pi;\xi)w_{s'}\Big\},\qquad \varphi_s(w)=\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\phi_s(\pi;w).ϕs​(π;w)=ξ∈Ξmin​{rs​(π;ξ)+λs′∑​Pss′​(π;ξ)ws′​},φs​(w)=π∈Πmax​ϕs​(π;w).

In Lean these are phiEval and phiImprove, in the namespace WiesemannRMDP.SRect.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (robust policy improvement)

For an s-rectangular P\mathcal PP, φ\varphiφ has a unique fixed point w∗w^*w∗, per-state maximizers πs∈arg⁡max⁡π∈Πϕs(π;w∗)\pi^s\in\arg\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\phi_s(\pi;w^*)πs∈argmaxπ∈Π​ϕs​(π;w∗) exist, and the glued policy π∗(a∣s)=πs(a∣s)\pi^*(a\mid s)=\pi^s(a\mid s)π∗(a∣s)=πs(a∣s) together with the constant function ϑ∗≡w∗\vartheta^*\equiv w^*ϑ∗≡w∗ attains

sup⁡π∈Π sup⁡ϑ:Ξ→cRS{inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤ϑ(ξ): ϑ(ξ)≤r^(π;ξ)+λP^(π;ξ)ϑ(ξ) ∀ξ∈Ξ}=p0⊤w∗.\sup_{\pi\in\Pi}\ \sup_{\vartheta:\Xi\overset{c}{\to}\mathbb R^S}\Big\{\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top\vartheta(\xi):\ \vartheta(\xi)\le\widehat r(\pi;\xi)+\lambda\widehat P(\pi;\xi)\vartheta(\xi)\ \forall\xi\in\Xi\Big\}=p_0^\top w^*.π∈Πsup​ ϑ:Ξ→cRSsup​{ξ∈Ξinf​p0⊤​ϑ(ξ): ϑ(ξ)≤r(π;ξ)+λP(π;ξ)ϑ(ξ) ∀ξ∈Ξ}=p0⊤​w∗.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (b), (c), (a): v(π;ξ)v(\pi;\xi)v(π;ξ) is the unique solution of w=r^+λP^ww=\widehat r+\lambda\widehat Pww=r+λPw; every sub-solution lies below it; vvv is Lipschitz on Π×Ξ\Pi\times\XiΠ×Ξ.
  2. Reformulation (10): for fixed π\piπ, inf⁡ξp0⊤v(π;ξ)\inf_\xi p_0^\top v(\pi;\xi)infξ​p0⊤​v(π;ξ) equals the inner supremum above, over all and over continuous ϑ\varthetaϑ.
  3. ϕ(π;⋅)\phi(\pi;\cdot)ϕ(π;⋅) is a contraction (proof of Theorem 3.2).
  4. Theorem 3.2: for s-rectangular P\mathcal PP and fixed π\piπ, the constant fixed point of ϕ(π;⋅)\phi(\pi;\cdot)ϕ(π;⋅) solves the evaluation problem (10).
  5. From the proof of Theorem 4.1: the glued policy satisfies w∗=ϕ(π∗;w∗)w^*=\phi(\pi^*;w^*)w∗=ϕ(π∗;w∗), and φ\varphiφ is a contraction.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 reduces robust policy improvement over s-rectangular sets to computing the fixed point of one map on RS\mathbb R^SRS, each evaluation of which is a finite convex program; the paper derives a polynomial-time method from it (Corollary 4.2). It also shows that the optimal policy is stationary but generally randomized, which separates s-rectangular from (s, a)-rectangular robust MDPs. Theorem 3.2 is the evaluation counterpart and is used again when the paper compares s-rectangular and general ambiguity sets (Proposition 3.10).

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. On the platform, the (s, a)-rectangular analogue with deterministic policies and costs (Nilim and El Ghaoui) and a related robust linear-programming characterization in another model (Derman, Geist and Mannor) exist, but neither covers coupled actions, randomized policies or rewards depending on the next state. A complete development would give machine-checked robust value iteration for s-rectangular sets and reusable facts on the reward to-go of a finite Markov reward process.

Difficulty

The obvious argument copies the nominal proof: the optimum of the constant-ϑ\varthetaϑ restriction is the fixed point w∗w^*w∗, so the constant function is optimal. That only solves the restriction to constant ϑ\varthetaϑ; the problems optimize over all continuous reward to-go functions ϑ:Ξ→RS\vartheta:\Xi\to\mathbb R^Sϑ:Ξ→RS, and showing that no non-constant ϑ\varthetaϑ does better is where s-rectangularity enters. Without it the claim is false: the paper's Example 3.11 gives a non-rectangular set where the constant bound is strictly below the worst-case reward. A second subtlety is that ϕs(π;w)\phi_s(\pi;w)ϕs​(π;w) depends on π\piπ only through the row π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s), which is what lets per-state maximizers be assembled into a single policy; the maximizers are in general not deterministic.

Formalization scope

States and actions are finite nonempty types; policies are functions π(a∣s)\pi(a\mid s)π(a∣s) satisfying the published IsPolicy, and the simplex condition on pξ(⋅∣s,a)p^\xi(\cdot\mid s,a)pξ(⋅∣s,a) is the published IsTransitionKernel. P^\widehat PP and r^\widehat rr are built from the published InducedTransition and InducedReward. The model is a structure Model with the standing assumptions in Model.Standing. The reward to-go is defined by the series ∑t[λP^]tr^\sum_t[\lambda\widehat P]^t\widehat r∑t​[λP]tr, not as the solution of the evaluation equation, so Proposition 3.1 (b) is not definitional. The minimum over Ξ\XiΞ and the maximum over Π\PiΠ are infima and suprema over subtypes, attained under the standing assumptions; the objective inf⁡ξp0⊤ϑ(ξ)\inf_\xi p_0^\top\vartheta(\xi)infξ​p0⊤​ϑ(ξ) is used only for ϑ\varthetaϑ continuous on Ξ\XiΞ, and where arbitrary ϑ\varthetaϑ appear (the middle line of (10)) the infimum is taken in the extended reals. Inequalities on RS\mathbb R^SRS are componentwise; contractions are with respect to the sup norm. The paper's ω\omegaω in (3b) carries the index lll, as elsewhere in the paper.

A statement that compares the fixed point only with constant reward to-go functions, or that takes w∗w^*w∗ and π∗\pi^*π∗ as hypotheses satisfying the conclusion, is not Theorem 4.1; the goal asserts existence and uniqueness of w∗w^*w∗, existence of the maximizers, and optimality against every policy and every continuous feasible ϑ\varthetaϑ.

Useful infrastructure: Neumann series for λ\lambdaλ times a row-stochastic matrix, continuity of infima over compact parameter sets, and contraction properties of min/max Bellman operators. Proofs of the milestones, and of nonvacuity of richer instances, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1):153–183, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566 (formalized from the Optimization Online revision of February 9, 2012: https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/2610.pdf)
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust Dynamic Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2):257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust Control of Markov Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Matrices, Operations Research 53(5):780–798, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • S. Mannor, D. Simester, P. Sun, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Bias and Variance Approximation in Value Function Estimates, Management Science 53(2):308–322, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1060.0614
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Partially Observable Total-Cost Markov Decision Processes with Weakly Continuous Transition Probabilities 1: The Belief MDP Satisfies Assumption (W*) Under Total-Variation-Continuous ObservationsResearch Paper

Motivation

A partially observable Markov decision process (POMDP) models a controller that cannot see the state of the system it steers, only noisy observations of it. Inventory control with unrecorded demand, machine maintenance with imperfect inspection, and target tracking from sensor readings all have this form. The standard way to solve a POMDP is to replace it by its belief MDP, also called the completely observable MDP (COMDP): the state becomes the posterior distribution of the hidden state given everything observed so far. The belief MDP is fully observed, so the theory of Markov decision processes applies to it, but only if the belief MDP satisfies that theory's hypotheses. For MDPs with Borel state and action spaces, unbounded costs and possibly noncompact action sets, the hypothesis that yields optimality equations, convergence of value iterations and stationary optimal policies is Assumption (W*) of Feinberg, Kasyanov and Zadoianchuk (Math. Oper. Res. 2012): the cost is K\mathbb KK-inf-compact and the transition probability is weakly continuous.

Before Feinberg, Kasyanov and Zgurovsky (arXiv:1401.2168v2, published in Math. Oper. Res. 41(2), 2016), sufficient conditions for the belief MDP to be weakly continuous required a weakly continuous filter (Hernández-Lerma, 1989, as recalled on p. 11 of arXiv:1401.2168v2), a condition that fails in many natural models. The paper replaces it by a condition on the primitive data of the POMDP.

Setting

Let X\mathbb XX (states), Y\mathbb YY (observations) and A\mathbb AA (actions) be Borel subsets of Polish spaces. Let P(dx′∣x,a)P(dx' \mid x, a)P(dx′∣x,a) be the transition kernel on X\mathbb XX given X×A\mathbb X \times \mathbb AX×A, Q(dy∣a,x)Q(dy \mid a, x)Q(dy∣a,x) the observation kernel on Y\mathbb YY given A×X\mathbb A \times \mathbb XA×X, and c:X×A→R∪{+∞}c : \mathbb X \times \mathbb A \to \mathbb R \cup \{+\infty\}c:X×A→R∪{+∞} a Borel one-step cost bounded below. P(X)\mathbb P(\mathbb X)P(X) is the set of probability measures on X\mathbb XX with the topology of weak convergence (∫f dμn→∫f dμ\int f\,d\mu_n \to \int f\,d\mu∫fdμn​→∫fdμ for bounded continuous fff). A sequence μn\mu_nμn​ converges setwise if μn(C)→μ(C)\mu_n(C) \to \mu(C)μn​(C)→μ(C) for every Borel CCC, and in the total variation if sup⁡f∣∫f dμn−∫f dμ∣→0\sup_f |\int f\,d\mu_n - \int f\,d\mu| \to 0supf​∣∫fdμn​−∫fdμ∣→0 over Borel fff with values in [−1,1][-1, 1][−1,1]. A kernel is weakly (setwise, total-variation) continuous if xn→xx_n \to xxn​→x implies the corresponding convergence of the measures.

For a belief z∈P(X)z \in \mathbb P(\mathbb X)z∈P(X) and an action aaa, let R(B×C∣z,a)=∫X∫BQ(C∣a,x′) P(dx′∣x,a) z(dx)R(B \times C \mid z, a) = \int_{\mathbb X} \int_B Q(C \mid a, x')\,P(dx' \mid x, a)\,z(dx)R(B×C∣z,a)=∫X​∫B​Q(C∣a,x′)P(dx′∣x,a)z(dx) be the joint law of the next state and observation (3.1), and R′(C∣z,a)=R(X×C∣z,a)R'(C \mid z, a) = R(\mathbb X \times C \mid z, a)R′(C∣z,a)=R(X×C∣z,a) its observation marginal (3.2). A filter is a kernel H(dx∣z,a,y)H(dx \mid z, a, y)H(dx∣z,a,y) with R(B×C∣z,a)=∫CH(B∣z,a,y) R′(dy∣z,a)R(B \times C \mid z, a) = \int_C H(B \mid z, a, y)\,R'(dy \mid z, a)R(B×C∣z,a)=∫C​H(B∣z,a,y)R′(dy∣z,a) (3.3): H(z,a,y)H(z, a, y)H(z,a,y) is the posterior after observing yyy. The belief MDP has state space P(X)\mathbb P(\mathbb X)P(X), action set A\mathbb AA, cost cˉ(z,a)=∫c(x,a) z(dx)\bar c(z, a) = \int c(x, a)\,z(dx)cˉ(z,a)=∫c(x,a)z(dx) (3.8), and transition q(⋅∣z,a)q(\cdot \mid z, a)q(⋅∣z,a), the law of H(z,a,y)H(z, a, y)H(z,a,y) when y∼R′(⋅∣z,a)y \sim R'(\cdot \mid z, a)y∼R′(⋅∣z,a) (3.5). A cost is K\mathbb KK-inf-compact on S1×S2\mathbb S_1 \times \mathbb S_2S1​×S2​ if its restriction to K×S2K \times \mathbb S_2K×S2​ has compact level sets for every compact K⊆S1K \subseteq \mathbb S_1K⊆S1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.6

If either Assumption (D) (0≤α<10 \le \alpha < 10≤α<1) or Assumption (P) (c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 and 0≤α≤10 \le \alpha \le 10≤α≤1) holds, ccc is bounded below and K\mathbb KK-inf-compact on X×A\mathbb X \times \mathbb AX×A, PPP is weakly continuous and QQQ is continuous in the total variation, then the belief MDP satisfies Assumption (W*):

cˉ is bounded below and K-inf-compact on P(X)×A,(zn,an)→(z,a)  ⟹  q(⋅∣zn,an)→q(⋅∣z,a) weakly.\bar c \text{ is bounded below and } \mathbb K\text{-inf-compact on } \mathbb P(\mathbb X) \times \mathbb A, \qquad (z_n, a_n) \to (z, a) \implies q(\cdot \mid z_n, a_n) \to q(\cdot \mid z, a) \text{ weakly}.cˉ is bounded below and K-inf-compact on P(X)×A,(zn​,an​)→(z,a)⟹q(⋅∣zn​,an​)→q(⋅∣z,a) weakly.

The two halves

  • Cost half (Theorem 3.4, through Lemma 6.1 and Lemma 5.1(ii)): cˉ\bar ccˉ is bounded below by the same constant as ccc and K\mathbb KK-inf-compact.
  • Transition half (Theorem 3.7): under the hypotheses on PPP and QQQ, R′R'R′ is setwise continuous and Assumption (H) holds: whenever zn→zz_n \to zzn​→z and an→aa_n \to aan​→a, along a subsequence H(znk,ank,y)→H(z,a,y)H(z_{n_k}, a_{n_k}, y) \to H(z, a, y)H(znk​​,ank​​,y)→H(z,a,y) weakly for R′(⋅∣z,a)R'(\cdot \mid z, a)R′(⋅∣z,a)-almost every yyy. Theorem 3.5 then gives weak continuity of qqq. The route runs through Theorem 5.2, Lemma 5.3, Corollary 5.4, Theorem 5.5 and Lemma 5.6.

Significance

Theorem 3.6 supplies the hypothesis under which the cited general MDP theory gives stationary optimal policies, optimality equations and convergence of value iterations for total-cost POMDPs in terms of PPP, QQQ and ccc alone, without compactness of the action set, boundedness of the cost or continuity of the filter. It covers, for example, observation kernels with densities continuous in (a,x)(a, x)(a,x), and the paper applies it to inventory control with incomplete records and to the Kalman filter. Example 4.1 of the same paper shows that total-variation continuity of QQQ cannot be weakened to setwise continuity.

The result is proved in the paper; this proposal poses its formal statement and the supporting results as proof targets. Completing them would provide a checked bridge from POMDPs to the general MDP theory under weak continuity, together with reusable facts about weak, setwise and total-variation convergence: equicontinuity of integrals against weakly continuous kernels (Theorem 5.2), the convergence-in-probability criterion (Theorem 5.5), and the generalized Fatou lemmas.

Difficulty

The posterior H(z,a,y)H(z, a, y)H(z,a,y) is defined only for R′(⋅∣z,a)R'(\cdot \mid z, a)R′(⋅∣z,a)-almost every yyy and has no continuous version in general, so weak continuity of qqq cannot be read off from continuity of HHH. The tempting argument, that continuous PPP and QQQ make the Bayes posterior move continuously, fails: Y\mathbb YY need not be countable and QQQ need not have densities. What has to be controlled is the joint law RRR on sets (O1∖O2)×C(\mathcal O_1 \setminus \mathcal O_2) \times C(O1​∖O2​)×C uniformly in the observation set CCC; convergence for each fixed CCC is not enough. Turning this uniform control into almost-sure convergence of posteriors along a subsequence requires a diagonal argument over a countable base of X\mathbb XX. On the cost side, the difficulty is that ccc may take the value +∞+\infty+∞ and is not continuous; K\mathbb KK-inf-compactness has to be transported through integration against a weakly converging sequence of measures.

Formalization scope

All definitions live in FeinbergPOMDP.WStar.Model. X,Y,A\mathbb X, \mathbb Y, \mathbb AX,Y,A are separable metrizable spaces with their Borel σ-algebras (PolishSpace is not assumed, since Borel subsets of Polish spaces need not be Polish); X\mathbb XX is additionally nonempty and standard Borel in Theorems 3.6 and 3.7, where a filter must exist. P(X)\mathbb P(\mathbb X)P(X) is Mathlib's ProbabilityMeasure with the weak topology. All continuity notions are the paper's sequential ones; total variation is the supremum over Borel functions with values in [−1,1][-1, 1][−1,1], written in ε\varepsilonε–NNN form, while the set-indexed suprema of (5.15) and (5.17) keep their set form. The cost is written c=ℓ+fc = \ell + fc=ℓ+f with ℓ∈R\ell \in \mathbb Rℓ∈R and fff taking values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞], so cˉ=ℓ+∫f dz\bar c = \ell + \int f\,dzcˉ=ℓ+∫fdz, exact even when c=+∞c = +\inftyc=+∞ on a set of positive measure. K\mathbb KK-inf-compactness is the published FeinbergLiang.ACOE.KInfCompact. A filter is a map H:P(X)→A→Y→P(X)H : \mathbb P(\mathbb X) \to \mathbb A \to \mathbb Y \to \mathbb P(\mathbb X)H:P(X)→A→Y→P(X) that satisfies (3.3) and is jointly Borel measurable in (z,a,y)(z,a,y)(z,a,y), as the paper's stochastic kernel is; qqq is the image of R′R'R′ under H(z,a,⋅)H(z, a, \cdot)H(z,a,⋅) for the Borel σ-algebra of the weak topology on P(X)\mathbb P(\mathbb X)P(X).

Since qqq does not depend on the choice of filter, every statement about qqq is made for every filter satisfying (3.3). A fixed filter that ignores the observation, such as H(z,a,y)=zH(z, a, y) = zH(z,a,y)=z, would make qqq a point mass and the weak continuity trivial; it satisfies (3.3) only when observations carry no information, and is excluded by quantifying over all filters.

The goal states the Assumption (W*) conclusion of Theorem 3.6. Its tail, "statements (i)–(vi) of Theorem 3.1 hold", invokes Theorem 2.1 of Feinberg et al. (2012) applied to the belief MDP; it is cited rather than proved in this paper. Generalized Fatou's lemmas 5.1(i) and 5.1(ii) are referenced from the published Schäl (1993) items. A complete development needs weak and setwise convergence on ProbabilityMeasure, portmanteau-type arguments, disintegration (Measure.condKernel) and the identification of the Borel and Giry σ-algebras on P(X)\mathbb P(\mathbb X)P(X); the last is missing from Mathlib and is a welcome contribution in its own right. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for Theorem 3.7, are welcome.

Selected references

  • E. A. Feinberg, P. O. Kasyanov, M. Z. Zgurovsky, Partially Observable Total-Cost Markov Decision Processes with Weakly Continuous Transition Probabilities, arXiv:1401.2168v2 (2014); Mathematics of Operations Research 41(2), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1401.2168v2
  • E. A. Feinberg, P. O. Kasyanov, N. V. Zadoianchuk, Average-cost Markov decision processes with weakly continuous transition probabilities, Mathematics of Operations Research 37(4), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0555
  • D. P. Bertsekas, S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • M. Schäl, Average optimality in dynamic programming with general state space, Mathematics of Operations Research 18(1), 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.18.1.163
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs 2: With a Common Generating Function, a Looser Information Relaxation Gives a Weaker Dual BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Many stochastic dynamic programs in operations research, such as inventory control with partially observed demand or the pricing of American options, are too large to solve exactly. A heuristic policy gives a lower bound on the optimal expected reward; to judge whether it is good enough one needs an upper bound. Brown, Smith and Sun (Oper. Res. 2010) build such bounds by information relaxation: let the decision maker see more than she would in reality, and charge a penalty for using the extra information. The construction generalizes the martingale duality for optimal stopping of Haugh and Kogan (Oper. Res. 2004), Rogers (Math. Finance 2002) and Andersen and Broadie (Manage. Sci. 2004).

In applications, the analyst chooses both the relaxation and the penalty, trading the quality of the bound against the cost of computing it. Proposition 2.3 of the paper collects four properties that govern this choice. The first is the subject of this mission.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P), and decisions are made in periods t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T. The natural filtration F=(F0,…,FT)\mathbb F=(\mathcal F_0,\dots,\mathcal F_T)F=(F0​,…,FT​) records what is known in each period, with F0={∅,Ω}\mathcal F_0=\{\emptyset,\Omega\}F0​={∅,Ω}. An action sequence is a=(a0,…,aT)a=(a_0,\dots,a_T)a=(a0​,…,aT​), chosen from feasible sets At(a0,…,at−1)A_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})At​(a0​,…,at−1​). Period rewards rt(a0,…,at)r_t(a_0,\dots,a_t)rt​(a0​,…,at​) are Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable random variables and the total reward is r(a)=∑trt(a)r(a)=\sum_t r_t(a)r(a)=∑t​rt​(a).

A policy is a map α:Ω→A\alpha:\Omega\to Aα:Ω→A from outcomes to feasible action sequences. It is adapted to a filtration G\mathbb GG if the period-ttt action is Gt\mathcal G_tGt​-measurable; AG\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}AG​ denotes these policies. A filtration G\mathbb GG with Ft⊆Gt⊆F\mathcal F_t\subseteq\mathcal G_t\subseteq\mathcal FFt​⊆Gt​⊆F for all ttt is a relaxation of F\mathbb FF, written F⊆G\mathbb F\subseteq\mathbb GF⊆G. A penalty is a function z(a,ω)z(a,\omega)z(a,ω); it is dual feasible if E[z(αF)]≤0\mathbb E[z(\alpha_F)]\le0E[z(αF​)]≤0 for every αF∈AF\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}αF​∈AF​. For any relaxation G\mathbb GG and dual feasible zzz, the dual bound

sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z(αG)]\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E\big[r(\alpha_G)-z(\alpha_G)\big]αG​∈AG​sup​E[r(αG​)−z(αG​)]

is at least the optimal value sup⁡αF∈AFE[r(αF)]\sup_{\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_F)]supαF​∈AF​​E[r(αF​)] (weak duality, Lemma 2.1).

The paper's main source of penalties is Proposition 2.2. Given generating functions wt(a)w_t(a)wt​(a) depending only on a0,…,ata_0,\dots,a_ta0​,…,at​, set

zt(a)=E[wt(a)∣Gt]−E[wt(a)∣Ft],z(a)=∑t=0Tzt(a).z_t(a)=\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]-\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal F_t],\qquad z(a)=\sum_{t=0}^T z_t(a).zt​(a)=E[wt​(a)∣Gt​]−E[wt​(a)∣Ft​],z(a)=t=0∑T​zt​(a).

Such a penalty has zero mean along every nonanticipative policy, and its dual bound is computed by the backward recursion (10), the Bellman recursion with rewards rt−ztr_t-z_trt​−zt​ and conditional expectations given Gt\mathcal G_tGt​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2.3(i)

For filtrations F⊆G1⊆G2\mathbb F\subseteq\mathbb G^1\subseteq\mathbb G^2F⊆G1⊆G2 and one common sequence of generating functions (w0,…,wT)(w_0,\dots,w_T)(w0​,…,wT​), let ziz^izi be the Proposition 2.2 penalty of (Gi,w)(\mathbb G^i,w)(Gi,w). Then

sup⁡αG∈AG1E[r(αG)−z1(αG)]≤sup⁡αG∈AG2E[r(αG)−z2(αG)].(12)\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^1}}\mathbb E\big[r(\alpha_G)-z^1(\alpha_G)\big]\le\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^2}}\mathbb E\big[r(\alpha_G)-z^2(\alpha_G)\big].\qquad(12)αG​∈AG1​sup​E[r(αG​)−z1(αG​)]≤αG​∈AG2​sup​E[r(αG​)−z2(αG​)].(12)

With a common generating function, a looser relaxation gives a weaker bound.

Milestones

  1. Equation (10). For a Proposition 2.2 penalty under a relaxation G\mathbb GG, the expectation of the initial dual value function V0GV^{\mathbb G}_0V0G​ equals the dual bound.
  2. Proposition 2.3(ii). For dual feasible z1,z2z^1,z^2z1,z2 and one relaxation G\mathbb GG, the difference of the two dual bounds lies between inf⁡αGE[z2(αG)−z1(αG)]\inf_{\alpha_G}\mathbb E[z^2(\alpha_G)-z^1(\alpha_G)]infαG​​E[z2(αG​)−z1(αG​)] and sup⁡αGE[z2(αG)−z1(αG)]\sup_{\alpha_G}\mathbb E[z^2(\alpha_G)-z^1(\alpha_G)]supαG​​E[z2(αG​)−z1(αG​)], eq. (13).
  3. Proposition 2.3(iii). For F⊆F′⊆G\mathbb F\subseteq\mathbb F'\subseteq\mathbb GF⊆F′⊆G, the penalty zt(a)=E[wt(a)∣Gt]−E[wt(a)∣Ft′]z_t(a)=\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]-\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal F'_t]zt​(a)=E[wt​(a)∣Gt​]−E[wt​(a)∣Ft′​] still satisfies the conclusions of Proposition 2.2.
  4. Proposition 2.3(iv). If z^t(a)\hat z_t(a)z^t​(a) are unbiased estimates of the terms zt(a)z_t(a)zt​(a) of a dual feasible penalty, E[z^t(a)∣Gt]=zt(a)\mathbb E[\hat z_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]=z_t(a)E[z^t​(a)∣Gt​]=zt​(a), and the relaxation G^\widehat{\mathbb G}G additionally reveals the estimates, then the dual bound of (G,z)(\mathbb G,z)(G,z) is at most that of (G^,z^)(\widehat{\mathbb G},\hat z)(G,z^), eq. (14).

Milestone 1 is on the goal's path; milestones 2–4 are the remaining parts of the same proposition.

Significance

Proposition 2.3(i) tells the analyst how to read a weak bound. If a cheap generating function (for instance wt=0w_t=0wt​=0, the zero penalty) gives a satisfactory bound under some relaxation, it will give a bound at least as tight under any less informative relaxation that still contains F\mathbb FF; conversely, moving to a looser relaxation without improving the generating function can only weaken the bound. Part (ii) is a continuity statement: penalties close to the ideal penalty give bounds close to the optimal value. Part (iii) permits the subtracted conditional expectation to be computed under an intermediate filtration, which the paper uses when volatility is unobserved in its option-pricing example. Part (iv) is the justification for estimating penalties by nested simulation, as in the methods of Haugh–Kogan and Andersen–Broadie: unbiased estimates yield valid, if weaker, upper bounds.

The results are proved in the paper's electronic companion. To our knowledge none of them, nor the information-relaxation duality framework itself, has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires a usable theory of policies adapted to a filtration, penalties evaluated along random action sequences, and backward recursions with conditional expectations, all of which are reusable for other duality results in stochastic dynamic programming.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for (12) compares the two suprema policy by policy: AG1⊆AG2\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^1}\subseteq\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^2}AG1​⊆AG2​. This fails, because the two bounds use different penalties: for a fixed G1\mathbb G^1G1-adapted policy, E[z1(α)]\mathbb E[z^1(\alpha)]E[z1(α)] and E[z2(α)]\mathbb E[z^2(\alpha)]E[z2(α)] need not agree, so the larger policy set alone does not order the bounds. The penalty changes with the relaxation exactly so as to remove part of the value of the extra information, and the statement asserts that it never removes more than that information is worth. Even the representation (10) of a dual bound by a backward recursion is nontrivial: it requires near-optimal actions to be selected measurably in every period.

In Lean, the further difficulty is the composition of an action-indexed family of conditional expectations with a random action: ω↦zt(α(ω))(ω)\omega\mapsto z_t(\alpha(\omega))(\omega)ω↦zt​(α(ω))(ω), where each zt(a)z_t(a)zt​(a) is only defined almost surely. Countability of the action set is what makes this composite well defined up to null sets.

Formalization scope

Periods are Fin (T + 1); an action sequence is a function Fin (T + 1) → X for one countable action type X with the discrete σ-algebra (the disjoint union of the per-period action sets). Filtrations are Mathlib Filtrations of the ambient σ-algebra; a relaxation is 𝔽 ≤ 𝔾. Policies are maps Ω → (Fin (T + 1) → X) with values in the feasible set, adapted when each action is measurable for the corresponding σ-algebra. Conditional expectations are Mathlib's μ[f | m], so identities between them hold almost surely. Dual bounds are suprema in EReal over the adapted policy sets, so an infinite bound is represented and no junk value 000 arises from an unbounded supremum.

Pinned regularity, beyond the paper's text: period rewards and generating functions are uniformly bounded (almost surely for the latter) and measurable, so that every expectation exists; in part (iv), the estimates are measurable and uniformly bounded. In part (ii), the difference of two dual bounds is taken in EReal, and the case where both bounds are +∞+\infty+∞ (where the page's difference is undefined) is excluded.

The penalties z1,z2z^1,z^2z1,z2 of the goal are computed from www by the formula of Proposition 2.2; stating the goal for arbitrary penalties with Proposition 2.2's properties would be a different and false claim. Likewise G^\widehat{\mathbb G}G in part (iv) is constructed from G\mathbb GG and the estimates.

The definitions duplicate those of mission 1 of this series (the framework, the recursive model, the penalty construction); they are expected to be merged. Contributions of reusable lemmas about adapted policies over countable action sets and about backward recursions with conditional expectations are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. B. Brown, J. E. Smith, P. Sun, Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs, Operations Research, Articles in Advance, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0796
  • M. B. Haugh, L. Kogan, Pricing American Options: A Duality Approach, Operations Research 52(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0070
  • L. Andersen, M. Broadie, Primal-Dual Simulation Algorithm for Pricing Multidimensional American Options, Management Science 50(9), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0258
  • L. C. G. Rogers, Monte Carlo Valuation of American Options, Mathematical Finance 12(3), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.02010
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs 1: The Ideal Penalty Is Dual Optimal for Every Information RelaxationResearch Paper

Why information relaxations

Most stochastic dynamic programs that arise in operations research are too large to solve exactly. In practice one computes a heuristic policy and estimates its expected reward by simulation, which gives a lower bound on the optimal value. To know whether the heuristic is good enough one also needs an upper bound. Brown, Smith and Sun (Oper. Res. 2010) give a general way to produce such bounds: relax the requirement that decisions use only the information available when they are made, and charge a penalty for using the extra information.

The idea grew out of option pricing. Rogers (Math. Finance 2002) and Haugh and Kogan (Oper. Res. 2004) bounded the price of an American option from above by letting the holder see the whole future and subtracting a martingale; Andersen and Broadie (Manag. Sci. 2004) built such martingales from approximate exercise policies. Brown, Smith and Sun (2010) extended this to general finite-horizon dynamic programs, to arbitrary penalties, and to imperfect information relaxations in which the decision maker learns some, but not all, of the future. The paper illustrates the framework on an adaptive inventory problem and on pricing American options under stochastic volatility and interest rates.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P). Time is t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T. The natural filtration F=(F0,…,FT)\mathbb F=(\mathcal F_0,\dots,\mathcal F_T)F=(F0​,…,FT​) describes what the decision maker knows at the start of each period, with F0={∅,Ω}\mathcal F_0=\{\emptyset,\Omega\}F0​={∅,Ω}. An action sequence is a=(a0,…,aT)a=(a_0,\dots,a_T)a=(a0​,…,aT​), and AAA is the set of feasible sequences. A policy α:Ω→A\alpha:\Omega\to Aα:Ω→A chooses a sequence for each outcome; it is adapted to a filtration G\mathbb GG if each action αt\alpha_tαt​ is Gt\mathcal G_tGt​-measurable. The adapted policies form AG\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}AG​; the measurable policies form A\mathcal AA. The total reward is r(a,ω)=∑trt(a,ω)r(a,\omega)=\sum_t r_t(a,\omega)r(a,ω)=∑t​rt​(a,ω), and the primal problem (1) is

sup⁡α∈AFE[r(α)].\sup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha)].α∈AF​sup​E[r(α)].

A filtration G\mathbb GG is a relaxation of F\mathbb FF if Ft⊆Gt⊆F\mathcal F_t\subseteq\mathcal G_t\subseteq\mathcal FFt​⊆Gt​⊆F for all ttt; the perfect-information relaxation has Gt=F\mathcal G_t=\mathcal FGt​=F. A penalty is a function z(a,ω)z(a,\omega)z(a,ω); it is dual feasible, z∈ZFz\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}z∈ZF​, if E[z(αF)]≤0\mathbb E[z(\alpha_F)]\le0E[z(αF​)]≤0 for every αF∈AF\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}αF​∈AF​. The dual bound of (G,z)(\mathbb G,z)(G,z) is sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z(αG)]\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_G)-z(\alpha_G)]supαG​∈AG​​E[r(αG​)−z(αG​)].

In recursive form, the feasible actions in period ttt form a set At(a0,…,at−1)A_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})At​(a0​,…,at−1​), each rtr_trt​ is Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable and depends on a0,…,ata_0,\dots,a_ta0​,…,at​, and the value functions are VT+1=0V_{T+1}=0VT+1​=0 and

Vt(a0,…,at−1)=sup⁡at∈At(a0,…,at−1){rt(a0,…,at)+E[Vt+1(a0,…,at)∣Ft]}.(2)V_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})=\sup_{a_t\in A_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})}\big\{r_t(a_0,\dots,a_t)+\mathbb E[V_{t+1}(a_0,\dots,a_t)\mid\mathcal F_t]\big\}.\qquad(2)Vt​(a0​,…,at−1​)=at​∈At​(a0​,…,at−1​)sup​{rt​(a0​,…,at​)+E[Vt+1​(a0​,…,at​)∣Ft​]}.(2)

Given generating functions wt(a)w_t(a)wt​(a) depending on a0,…,ata_0,\dots,a_ta0​,…,at​, Proposition 2.2 builds the penalty

zt(a)=E[wt(a)∣Gt]−E[wt(a)∣Ft],z=∑tzt.z_t(a)=\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]-\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal F_t],\qquad z=\sum_t z_t.zt​(a)=E[wt​(a)∣Gt​]−E[wt​(a)∣Ft​],z=t∑​zt​.

The ideal penalty z⋆z^\starz⋆ is this penalty for wt(a)=Vt+1(a0,…,at)w_t(a)=V_{t+1}(a_0,\dots,a_t)wt​(a)=Vt+1​(a0​,…,at​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.3 (The Ideal Penalty)

For every relaxation G\mathbb GG of F\mathbb FF, z⋆∈ZFz^\star\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}z⋆∈ZF​ and

sup⁡αF∈AFE[r(αF)]=sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z⋆(αG)];(11)\sup_{\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_F)]=\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_G)-z^\star(\alpha_G)];\qquad(11)αF​∈AF​sup​E[r(αF​)]=αG​∈AG​sup​E[r(αG​)−z⋆(αG​)];(11)

a primal-optimal αF∗\alpha^*_FαF∗​ also attains the right side; and under perfect information r(αF∗)−z⋆(αF∗)=E[r(αF∗)]r(\alpha^*_F)-z^\star(\alpha^*_F)=\mathbb E[r(\alpha^*_F)]r(αF∗​)−z⋆(αF∗​)=E[r(αF∗​)] almost surely.

Milestones, in the order of the paper

  1. §2.1 (p. 3): V0V_0V0​ equals the optimal value of (1).
  2. Lemma 2.1 (weak duality, p. 3): E[r(αF)]≤sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z(αG)]\mathbb E[r(\alpha_F)]\le\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_G)-z(\alpha_G)]E[r(αF​)]≤supαG​∈AG​​E[r(αG​)−z(αG​)] for αF∈AF\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}αF​∈AF​, z∈ZFz\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}z∈ZF​.
  3. Theorem 2.1 (strong duality, p. 4): the primal value equals inf⁡z∈ZF\inf_{z\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}}infz∈ZF​​ of the dual bound, attained when the primal is bounded.
  4. Theorem 2.2 (complementary slackness, p. 4).
  5. Proposition 2.1 (structured policies, p. 5).
  6. Proposition 2.2(i), (ii) (p. 5): generated penalties have zero Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-conditional mean along nonanticipative policies, and their components are G\mathbb GG-adapted and nonanticipative in the actions.
  7. Eq. (10) (p. 5): the recursion (2) run with rewards rt−ztr_t-z_trt​−zt​ and filtration G\mathbb GG solves the dual problem, and E[V0G]\mathbb E[V^{\mathbb G}_0]E[V0G​] bounds (1).
  8. §2.3 (p. 5): with wt=Vt+1w_t=V_{t+1}wt​=Vt+1​, VtG=VtV^{\mathbb G}_t=V_tVtG​=Vt​ almost surely.

Significance

Theorems 2.1 and 2.3 say that information-relaxation duality has no gap: the optimal value of a dynamic program can be computed, in principle, as a minimum over penalties of a problem in which the decision maker sees more. Theorem 2.3 adds that the gap is closed by one explicit penalty, built from the value functions, simultaneously for every relaxation. This is the justification for the practical recipe of the paper and of the literature that followed: choose generating functions that approximate the true value functions, and the resulting dual bound approaches the optimum. Under perfect information, part 4 of the goal says the ideal penalty removes all randomness from the penalized reward of an optimal policy.

The paper defers its proofs to an electronic companion; none of these results has a machine-checked proof. This mission produces a checked version of the duality layer for general finite-horizon dynamic programs on a filtered probability space, with conditional expectations as in Mathlib. Weak duality, strong duality and complementary slackness are stated for arbitrary feasible sets and rewards and are reusable for any information-relaxation argument; the recursive statements give a verified link between the Bellman recursion and the primal problem.

Difficulty

The duality statements of §2.2 are elementary once expectations exist; the work is in §2.1 and §2.3. The claim that V0V_0V0​ is the optimal value of (1) needs two facts that the paper asserts without proof: that the supremum in (2) is Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable, and that near-optimal actions can be selected measurably, so that a nonanticipative policy comes within ε\varepsilonε of V0V_0V0​ even when the suprema are not attained. Neither holds for general action spaces without measurable-selection arguments, which is why this mission fixes a countable action set. A second difficulty is the evaluation of action-indexed conditional expectations at a random action: E[zt(αF)∣Ft]\mathbb E[z_t(\alpha_F)\mid\mathcal F_t]E[zt​(αF​)∣Ft​] conditions ω↦zt(αF(ω))(ω)\omega\mapsto z_t(\alpha_F(\omega))(\omega)ω↦zt​(αF​(ω))(ω), where each zt(a)z_t(a)zt​(a) is only defined up to null sets, one for each aaa. The induction VtG=VtV^{\mathbb G}_t=V_tVtG​=Vt​ must also carry these almost-sure identities through suprema over actions.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace InfoRelax.IdealPenalty. Periods are Fin (T + 1); actions take values in one type X (the disjoint union of the per-period action sets); filtrations are Mathlib Filtrations of the ambient σ\sigmaσ-algebra; conditional expectation is condExp. Primal values, dual bounds and dual values are in EReal, taken over the adapted-policy sets, so that no supremum or infimum silently returns 000. Penalties in Z\mathcal ZZ are required to be integrable along every measurable policy, and the reward is assumed integrable along every policy in the general statements: without this, a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000 and the statements become vacuous. The value functions (2), the dual value functions (10), the penalty of Proposition 2.2 and z⋆z^\starz⋆ are definitions computed from the data, never variables constrained by hypotheses.

The recursive statements fix a countable action set with the discrete σ\sigmaσ-algebra, bounded period rewards, and generating functions bounded almost everywhere. Identities between value functions are almost sure. The general results (Lemma 2.1, Theorems 2.1–2.2, Proposition 2.1) assume none of this. The optional identity (5), which exchanges a supremum over policies with an expectation of a pathwise supremum, is not formalized: for a general dual feasible penalty the pathwise supremum need not be integrable.

Contributions welcome: the measurable-selection lemma for countable action sets, the tower-property argument for action-indexed conditional expectations evaluated at adapted policies, and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • D. B. Brown, J. E. Smith, P. Sun, Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs, Operations Research, Articles in Advance, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0796
  • L. C. G. Rogers, Monte Carlo valuation of American options, Mathematical Finance 12(3), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.02010
  • M. B. Haugh, L. Kogan, Pricing American Options: A Duality Approach, Operations Research 52(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0070
  • L. Andersen, M. Broadie, Primal-Dual Simulation Algorithm for Pricing Multidimensional American Options, Management Science 50(9), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0258
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 5: The Effective Concentrability Coefficient Is at Most 1/min ρ(s), ‖dη_π*/dρ‖∞, or C/cResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods optimize a parameterized policy for a Markov decision process by local search on its expected cost. The objective is nonconvex, so local search can in principle stall at a poor stationary point. Bhandari and Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods show that for a broad family of control problems this does not happen, and, in quantitative form, that the objective is gradient dominated: its suboptimality is bounded by a multiple of the size of its gradient. The multiple involves a single problem-dependent quantity, the effective concentrability coefficient κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​, which measures how well the initial state distribution ρ\rhoρ covers the states that matter for optimal behaviour. Theorem 2 and the convergence rates of Theorem 5 of the paper are only informative when κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ is finite, so sufficient conditions for a finite κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ are what make those results usable. This mission formalizes the paper's three such conditions (Theorem 4).

Distribution-mismatch coefficients of this kind go back to Kakade and Langford (2002), and appear in the analyses of approximate dynamic programming by Scherrer and Geist (2014) and of policy gradient methods in finite MDPs by Agarwal et al. (2021).

Setting

A discounted Markov decision process consists of a measurable state space S\mathcal SS, nonempty feasible action sets As\mathcal A_sAs​, a bounded measurable per-period cost g(s,a)g(s,a)g(s,a), a transition kernel P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a), a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and an initial probability distribution ρ\rhoρ on S\mathcal SS. A feasible measurable stationary policy π\piπ (π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π) picks an action π(s)∈As\pi(s)\in\mathcal A_sπ(s)∈As​ in every state. Its cost-to-go Jπ(s)J_\pi(s)Jπ​(s) is the expected discounted cost from sss, its discounted state-occupancy measure is

ηπ(⋅)=(1−γ)∑t≥0γt Pr⁡ρπ(st∈⋅),\eta_\pi(\cdot)=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\,\Pr{}^\pi_\rho(s_t\in\cdot),ηπ​(⋅)=(1−γ)t≥0∑​γtPrρπ​(st​∈⋅),

and its average cost is ℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ dρ\ell(\pi)=(1-\gamma)\int J_\pi\,d\rhoℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ​dρ. The Bellman operator acts on bounded measurable functions by

(TJ)(s)=min⁡a∈As[g(s,a)+γ∫J(s′) P(ds′∣s,a)].(TJ)(s)=\min_{a\in\mathcal A_s}\Big[g(s,a)+\gamma\int J(s')\,P(ds'\mid s,a)\Big].(TJ)(s)=a∈As​min​[g(s,a)+γ∫J(s′)P(ds′∣s,a)].

An optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ minimizes JπJ_\piJπ​ at every state; J∗=Jπ∗J^*=J_{\pi^*}J∗=Jπ∗​. A policy class ΠΘ={πθ:θ∈Θ}\Pi_\Theta=\{\pi_\theta:\theta\in\Theta\}ΠΘ​={πθ​:θ∈Θ} is indexed by a convex set Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd, and JΘ={Jπθ:θ∈Θ}\mathcal J_\Theta=\{J_{\pi_\theta}:\theta\in\Theta\}JΘ​={Jπθ​​:θ∈Θ}.

The effective concentrability coefficient κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ (Definition 3) is the smallest scalar κ\kappaκ such that

∥J−J∗∥1,ρ≤κ1−γ ∥J−TJ∥1,ρ∀J∈JΘ,(13)\|J-J^*\|_{1,\rho}\le\frac{\kappa}{1-\gamma}\,\|J-TJ\|_{1,\rho}\qquad\forall J\in\mathcal J_\Theta,\tag{13}∥J−J∗∥1,ρ​≤1−γκ​∥J−TJ∥1,ρ​∀J∈JΘ​,(13)

with ∥J∥1,ρ=∫∣J∣ dρ\|J\|_{1,\rho}=\int|J|\,d\rho∥J∥1,ρ​=∫∣J∣dρ, and κρ=∞\kappa_\rho=\inftyκρ​=∞ if no scalar works. It converts a ρ\rhoρ-weighted Bellman error into a ρ\rhoρ-weighted optimality gap.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4(b)

If ηπ∗(B)≤Cρ(B)\eta_{\pi^*}(B)\le C\rho(B)ηπ∗​(B)≤Cρ(B) for every measurable set BBB, then CCC satisfies (13); equivalently

κρ≤∥dηπ∗dρ∥∞.\kappa_\rho\le\Big\|\frac{d\eta_{\pi^*}}{d\rho}\Big\|_\infty .κρ​≤​dρdηπ∗​​​∞​.

Companions: Theorem 4(a) and 4(c)

(a) If S\mathcal SS is finite and ρ(s)>0\rho(s)>0ρ(s)>0 for all sss, then κρ≤1/min⁡sρ(s)\kappa_\rho\le 1/\min_{s}\rho(s)κρ​≤1/mins​ρ(s). (c) If TTT is a contraction with modulus γ\gammaγ in a norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ with c∥J∥≤∥J∥1,ρ≤C∥J∥c\|J\|\le\|J\|_{1,\rho}\le C\|J\|c∥J∥≤∥J∥1,ρ​≤C∥J∥, then κρ≤C/c\kappa_\rho\le C/cκρ​≤C/c.

Milestones

The element-wise inequalities TJ⪯TπJTJ\preceq T_\pi JTJ⪯Tπ​J, TJπ⪯JπTJ_\pi\preceq J_\piTJπ​⪯Jπ​ (5); the performance difference identity ℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[TπJπˉ−Jπˉ] dηπ\ell(\pi)-\ell(\bar\pi)=\int[T_\pi J_{\bar\pi}-J_{\bar\pi}]\,d\eta_\piℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[Tπ​Jπˉ​−Jπˉ​]dηπ​ (29); the sup-norm bound ∥Jπ−J∗∥∞≤(1−γ)−1∥Jπ−TJπ∥∞\|J_\pi-J^*\|_\infty\le(1-\gamma)^{-1}\|J_\pi-TJ_\pi\|_\infty∥Jπ​−J∗∥∞​≤(1−γ)−1∥Jπ​−TJπ​∥∞​ (26); the occupancy-weighted inequality (1−γ)∫(Jπ−J∗) dρ≤∫(Jπ−TJπ) dηπ∗(1-\gamma)\int(J_\pi-J^*)\,d\rho\le\int(J_\pi-TJ_\pi)\,d\eta_{\pi^*}(1−γ)∫(Jπ​−J∗)dρ≤∫(Jπ​−TJπ​)dηπ∗​ from the proof of part (b); and the contraction step ∥J−J∗∥≤(1−γ)−1∥J−TJ∥\|J-J^*\|\le(1-\gamma)^{-1}\|J-TJ\|∥J−J∗∥≤(1−γ)−1∥J−TJ∥ from the proof of part (c).

Significance

Theorem 4 is what turns the paper's gradient-dominance theorem into a usable statement: with part (b), the constant in Theorem 2 is bounded by the worst-case likelihood ratio between the optimal policy's state distribution and the initial distribution, a quantity that can be checked without knowing the policy class. Part (a) shows that in finite problems any fully supported initial distribution suffices, and part (c) gives a route through weighted norms, used in the paper for optimal stopping (Lemma 13).

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is machine-checked. The mission produces a general-state-space formalization of the discounted cost MDP (kernels, occupancy measures, Bellman operators, measurable selection) together with the performance difference identity on measurable state spaces; existing formal developments of policy gradient theory on the platform are for finite MDPs only. The occupancy-measure and Bellman-operator layer is shared with the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The argument for part (b) is short on paper, but each step is a measure-theoretic statement about infinite-horizon objects. The performance difference identity (29) exchanges an infinite discounted sum with integration against the chain's laws and needs the occupancy measure to be built from the ttt-step kernels of the controlled chain. The change of measure from ηπ∗\eta_{\pi^*}ηπ∗​ to ρ\rhoρ needs the Bellman error Jπ−TJπJ_\pi-TJ_\piJπ​−TJπ​ to be nonnegative and integrable; its measurability is not automatic, because TJTJTJ is a pointwise minimum over uncountably many actions, and is supplied by the measurable selection assumption. Part (c) needs the fixed-point property TJ∗=J∗TJ^*=J^*TJ∗=J∗ of the optimal cost-to-go, which again rests on measurable selection.

Formalization scope

All statements use one Lean layer: MDP S A with measurable spaces S, A (a generalization of the paper's Borel subsets of Euclidean spaces), the cost and kernel given on all of S×A\mathcal S\times\mathcal AS×A, measurable stationary policies MPolicy S A, and costToGo, occupancy, loss, bellmanPi, bellmanOpt. The paper prints the Bellman operators (3)–(4) without the discount factor; every later use includes it, and so does the formalization. The optimal policy is a binder πstar with IsOptimal M πstar. Assumptions 1 and 2 of the paper are standing hypotheses of every main statement.

The coefficient κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ is never formed as a number: "κρ≤X\kappa_\rho\le Xκρ​≤X" is the predicate IsConcBound M Θ πθ πstar X, which says that XXX satisfies (13); because the right-hand side of (13) is nondecreasing in the scalar, the two are equivalent. Part (b) quantifies over every CCC with ηπ∗≤Cρ\eta_{\pi^*}\le C\rhoηπ∗​≤Cρ setwise, which is equivalent to ∥dηπ∗/dρ∥∞≤C\|d\eta_{\pi^*}/d\rho\|_\infty\le C∥dηπ∗​/dρ∥∞​≤C; a real-valued essential supremum is avoided because it reads 000 exactly when the paper's bound is infinite. Part (a) assumes ρ(s)>0\rho(s)>0ρ(s)>0 for every state, since otherwise 1/min⁡ρ1/\min\rho1/minρ is +∞+\infty+∞ on paper and 000 in Lean. Part (c) requires the norm comparison (21) on all bounded measurable functions, as its proof uses it on J−J∗J-J^*J−J∗ and J−TJJ-TJJ−TJ, and encodes "a norm" by subadditivity, the one property used.

A formalization in which (13) or the occupancy-weighted inequality is assumed, or in which κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ is a junk value of an empty infimum, would make the goal trivial; neither is used.

Contributions are welcome on every milestone, in particular on the performance difference identity and the measurability of the cost-to-go and of TJTJTJ, which are reusable for any discounted MDP on a measurable state space.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari, D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, Operations Research, 2024; cited version arXiv:1906.01786v3, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.01786v3 (DOI 10.1287/opre.2021.0014)
  • S. Kakade, J. Langford, Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning, ICML 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • B. Scherrer, M. Geist, Local Policy Search in a Convex Space and Conservative Policy Iteration as Boosted Policy Search, ECML PKDD 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.1520
  • A. Agarwal, S. Kakade, J. Lee, G. Mahajan, On the Theory of Policy Gradient Methods: Optimality, Approximation, and Distribution Shift, JMLR 22, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.00261
  • D. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Athena Scientific, 1995.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 6: In the KL-Regularized Finite MDP, a Regularized-Optimal Policy Is Within λ(1 + log(1 + c/λ)) of OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods for Markov decision processes are frequently run on a regularized objective rather than on the cost of interest: a convex penalty on the action distribution is added to every single-period cost. Regularization smooths the problem, makes optimal policies strictly stochastic, and keeps iterates away from the boundary of the probability simplex, where gradients of common parameterizations vanish. Entropy and relative-entropy penalties are standard in this role; a unified treatment of regularized MDPs is given by Geist, Scherrer and Pietquin (2019), and Agarwal, Kakade, Lee and Mahajan (2021) analyse policy gradient with a log-barrier penalty added to the softmax objective.

Regularization changes the problem being solved. Anyone who uses it needs a quantitative answer to one question: how suboptimal, for the original costs, is a policy that is exactly optimal for the regularized costs? Bhandari and Russo (arXiv:1906.01786v3), whose main results establish that policy gradient objectives have no suboptimal stationary points under a closure condition, answer this question for a relative-entropy regularizer in finite MDPs (their Lemma 10). Bounds of this type for the negative-entropy regularizer are in Geist et al.; as Bhandari and Russo note (p. 20), those bounds do not apply to the unbounded log-barrier regularizer used here.

Setting

The state space S={1,…,n}\mathcal S=\{1,\dots,n\}S={1,…,n} is finite. There are kkk deterministic actions e1,…,eke_1,\dots,e_ke1​,…,ek​, and an action is a probability vector a∈Δk−1a\in\Delta_{k-1}a∈Δk−1​. A policy π\piπ chooses π(s)=(π(1∣s),…,π(k∣s))∈Δk−1\pi(s)=(\pi(1|s),\dots,\pi(k|s))\in\Delta_{k-1}π(s)=(π(1∣s),…,π(k∣s))∈Δk−1​ at each state; Π\PiΠ is the set of all such policies. Transitions are linear in the action,

P(s′∣s,a)=∑i=1kP(s′∣s,ei) ai,P(s'|s,a)=\sum_{i=1}^kP(s'|s,e_i)\,a_i ,P(s′∣s,a)=i=1∑k​P(s′∣s,ei​)ai​,

where each P(⋅∣s,ei)P(\cdot|s,e_i)P(⋅∣s,ei​) is a probability vector. Each state has a nonnegative cost vector gs∈R+kg_s\in\mathbb R^k_+gs​∈R+k​. For λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, the regularized cost is

gλ(s,a)=gs⊤a+λ DKL(U∥a),DKL(U∥a)=∑i=1k1klog⁡1/kai,g_\lambda(s,a)=g_s^\top a+\lambda\,D_{\mathrm{KL}}(U\|a),\qquad D_{\mathrm{KL}}(U\|a)=\sum_{i=1}^k\frac1k\log\frac{1/k}{a_i},gλ​(s,a)=gs⊤​a+λDKL​(U∥a),DKL​(U∥a)=i=1∑k​k1​logai​1/k​,

where UUU is the uniform distribution. The divergence is +∞+\infty+∞ unless every ai>0a_i>0ai​>0, so gλg_\lambdagλ​ takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

Given a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and an initial distribution ρ\rhoρ, the discounted average cost of a policy is

ℓλ(π)=(1−γ)∑sρ(s) Jλ,π(s),Jλ,π(s)=Esπ[∑t≥0γtgλ(st,π(st))].\ell_\lambda(\pi)=(1-\gamma)\sum_{s}\rho(s)\,J_{\lambda,\pi}(s),\qquad J_{\lambda,\pi}(s)=\mathbb E^\pi_s\Big[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^tg_\lambda(s_t,\pi(s_t))\Big].ℓλ​(π)=(1−γ)s∑​ρ(s)Jλ,π​(s),Jλ,π​(s)=Esπ​[t≥0∑​γtgλ​(st​,π(st​))].

ℓ0\ell_0ℓ0​ is the unregularized cost. The discounted occupancy of π\piπ is ηπ(s′)=(1−γ)∑sρ(s)∑t≥0γtPr⁡π(st=s′∣s0=s)\eta_\pi(s')=(1-\gamma)\sum_s\rho(s)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\Pr^\pi(s_t=s'\mid s_0=s)ηπ​(s′)=(1−γ)∑s​ρ(s)∑t≥0​γtPrπ(st​=s′∣s0​=s). J0∗J^*_0J0∗​ and Q0∗Q^*_0Q0∗​ denote the optimal cost-to-go and state-action cost-to-go of the unregularized problem. The constant of the result is

c=2max⁡s,i∣gs,i∣1−γ.c=\frac{2\max_{s,i}|g_{s,i}|}{1-\gamma}.c=1−γ2maxs,i​∣gs,i​∣​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 10 (impact of regularization)

If πλ∗∈arg⁡min⁡π∈Πℓλ(π)\pi^*_\lambda\in\arg\min_{\pi\in\Pi}\ell_\lambda(\pi)πλ∗​∈argminπ∈Π​ℓλ​(π) with λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, then

ℓ0(πλ∗)≤min⁡π∈Πℓ0(π)+λ(1+log⁡(1+cλ)).\ell_0(\pi^*_\lambda)\le\min_{\pi\in\Pi}\ell_0(\pi)+\lambda\Big(1+\log\Big(1+\frac c\lambda\Big)\Big).ℓ0​(πλ∗​)≤π∈Πmin​ℓ0​(π)+λ(1+log(1+λc​)).

Milestones (the steps of the proof in Appendix E.2)

  1. Cost decomposition (34): ℓλ(π)=∑sηπ(s)gλ(s,π(s))=ℓ0(π)+λ∑sηπ(s)D(U∥π(s))\ell_\lambda(\pi)=\sum_s\eta_\pi(s)g_\lambda(s,\pi(s))=\ell_0(\pi)+\lambda\sum_s\eta_\pi(s)D(U\|\pi(s))ℓλ​(π)=∑s​ηπ​(s)gλ​(s,π(s))=ℓ0​(π)+λ∑s​ηπ​(s)D(U∥π(s)) for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π.
  2. One-step bound (37): for a policy πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ that, at every state, minimizes a↦∑iQ0∗(s,ei)ai+λD(U∥a)a\mapsto\sum_iQ^*_0(s,e_i)a_i+\lambda D(U\|a)a↦∑i​Q0∗​(s,ei​)ai​+λD(U∥a) over the simplex (construction (36)),
∑iQ0∗(s,ei)πλ(i∣s)≤min⁡a∈Δk−1∑iQ0∗(s,ei)ai+λ,T0πλJ0∗≤J0∗+λe.\sum_iQ^*_0(s,e_i)\pi_\lambda(i|s)\le\min_{a\in\Delta_{k-1}}\sum_iQ^*_0(s,e_i)a_i+\lambda,\qquad T^{\pi_\lambda}_0J^*_0\le J^*_0+\lambda e.i∑​Q0∗​(s,ei​)πλ​(i∣s)≤a∈Δk−1​min​i∑​Q0∗​(s,ei​)ai​+λ,T0πλ​​J0∗​≤J0∗​+λe.
  1. Suboptimality of πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ (35): ℓ0(πλ)≤min⁡π∈Πℓ0(π)+λ\ell_0(\pi_\lambda)\le\min_{\pi\in\Pi}\ell_0(\pi)+\lambdaℓ0​(πλ​)≤minπ∈Π​ℓ0​(π)+λ.
  2. Divergence bound (Step 3): λ D(U∥πλ(s))≤λlog⁡(1+c/λ)\lambda\,D(U\|\pi_\lambda(s))\le\lambda\log(1+c/\lambda)λD(U∥πλ​(s))≤λlog(1+c/λ) for every state sss.

Significance

The result. Lemma 10 says that the price of regularization is of order λlog⁡(1/λ)\lambda\log(1/\lambda)λlog(1/λ) as λ↓0\lambda\downarrow0λ↓0, with an explicit constant depending only on the cost scale and the effective horizon 1/(1−γ)1/(1-\gamma)1/(1−γ). Together with the paper's landscape results (Example 4 shows the regularized policy-iteration objective is strongly convex and the policy class is closed under policy improvement, so the regularized objective is gradient dominated), it turns convergence of first-order methods on the regularized problem into near-optimality for the original problem, and it gives a principled rule for choosing λ\lambdaλ as a function of the target accuracy. The bound holds for the log-barrier (relative entropy from the uniform distribution) regularizer, which is unbounded on the simplex, a case the negative-entropy analyses do not cover.

Formalizing it. The result and its proof are published (arXiv:1906.01786v3; Operations Research, 2024). No machine-checked proof of Lemma 10 or of its steps is known. The mission produces Lean statements of the lemma and of the four steps of its proof, built on a published finite-MDP layer, and invites proofs. Step 2 relies on the duality-gap bound for log-barrier problems from interior-point theory, which the paper cites from Boyd and Vandenberghe; a formal proof of that bound (in the simplex case) is reusable for any log-barrier analysis.

Difficulty

The first idea, comparing πλ∗\pi^*_\lambdaπλ∗​ with an unregularized optimal policy π0∗\pi^*_0π0∗​, fails: π0∗\pi^*_0π0∗​ is typically deterministic, so D(U∥π0∗(s))=∞D(U\|\pi^*_0(s))=\inftyD(U∥π0∗​(s))=∞ and ℓλ(π0∗)=∞\ell_\lambda(\pi^*_0)=\inftyℓλ​(π0∗​)=∞, giving no information. The comparison policy has to be built by hand: it must be strictly stochastic, nearly optimal for the unregularized problem, and have bounded divergence from the uniform distribution at every state. Each of these three properties is a separate argument: a duality-gap bound for a barrier problem on the simplex, a propagation of a one-step Bellman inequality to the whole horizon, and a quantitative lower bound on the smallest action probability of the barrier minimizer.

A second pitfall is the printed form of the lemma, whose right-hand side is min⁡πℓλ(π)+λ(1+log⁡(1+c/λ))\min_\pi\ell_\lambda(\pi)+\lambda(1+\log(1+c/\lambda))minπ​ℓλ​(π)+λ(1+log(1+c/λ)); since DKL≥0D_{\mathrm{KL}}\ge0DKL​≥0 gives ℓ0(πλ∗)≤ℓλ(πλ∗)=min⁡πℓλ(π)\ell_0(\pi^*_\lambda)\le\ell_\lambda(\pi^*_\lambda)=\min_\pi\ell_\lambda(\pi)ℓ0​(πλ∗​)≤ℓλ​(πλ∗​)=minπ​ℓλ​(π), that inequality is trivially true. The proof establishes, and the text on p. 20 announces, the bound against min⁡πℓ0(π)\min_\pi\ell_0(\pi)minπ​ℓ0​(π), which is the goal here.

Formalization scope

States and deterministic actions are finite types S and I (nonempty, as on the page, so that ccc is defined); k=∣I∣k=|I|k=∣I∣. Policies, transition kernels, the occupation distributions, the cost-to-go J0,πJ_{0,\pi}J0,π​ and Q0,πQ_{0,\pi}Q0,π​ come from the published FoundationsML.ReinforcementLearning layer (IsPolicy, IsTransitionKernel, OccupationDist, PolicyValue, QFunction), with the cost vector passed in the reward slot: PolicyValue is a plain discounted sum, so this is the cost-to-go. Optimality is the cost-minimizing notion, defined locally.

DKL(U∥⋅)D_{\mathrm{KL}}(U\|\cdot)DKL​(U∥⋅), gλg_\lambdagλ​ and ℓλ\ell_\lambdaℓλ​ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with DKL=+∞D_{\mathrm{KL}}=+\inftyDKL​=+∞ off the open simplex; real-valued junk such as log⁡0=0\log0=0log0=0 never stands in for +∞+\infty+∞, and ℓλ\ell_\lambdaℓλ​ is never coerced to R\mathbb RR (that would make boundary policies look optimal). At λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 the convention 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0 gives g0(s,a)=gs⊤ag_0(s,a)=g_s^\top ag0​(s,a)=gs⊤​a, and Lean's c/0=0c/0=0c/0=0 makes the goal's bound 000, the limit of the page's bound. min⁡πℓ0(π)\min_\pi\ell_0(\pi)minπ​ℓ0​(π) is written as "≤ℓ0(π)+…\le\ell_0(\pi)+\dots≤ℓ0​(π)+… for every policy π\piπ". The minimizer πλ∗\pi^*_\lambdaπλ∗​ is a hypothesis (any minimizer); the barrier-greedy policy πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ of (36) appears only in the milestones, never in the goal. A statement of the goal with the printed right-hand side min⁡πℓλ(π)+…\min_\pi\ell_\lambda(\pi)+\dotsminπ​ℓλ​(π)+…, or one that assumes (35) or the divergence bound, would be a trivializing formalization and is ruled out.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the four milestones and the goal; a general Lean lemma that the discounted cost of a stationary policy in a finite MDP equals the occupancy-weighted single-period cost (milestone 1), which is reusable across policy gradient formalizations; and the log-barrier duality-gap bound on the simplex.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari and D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, arXiv:1906.01786v3, 2022; Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.01786 (DOI 10.1287/opre.2021.0014)
  • M. Geist, B. Scherrer and O. Pietquin, A Theory of Regularized Markov Decision Processes, ICML, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1901.11275
  • A. Agarwal, S. M. Kakade, J. D. Lee and G. Mahajan, On the Theory of Policy Gradient Methods: Optimality, Approximation, and Distribution Shift, Journal of Machine Learning Research 22(98), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.00261
  • S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004, Chapter 11. https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Assortment Optimization in Revenue Management Under the Multinomial Logit Choice Model 3: Robust Dynamic Assortments Grow with Remaining Capacity and over TimeResearch Paper

Motivation

Single-leg capacity allocation under customer choice is the basic dynamic problem of revenue management: a firm holds a fixed stock of a perishable resource (seats on a flight leg, rooms on a night), and in every period of a finite selling horizon it decides which products (fare classes) to offer to the arriving customer. Talluri and van Ryzin (Management Science, 2004) showed that under a multinomial logit (MNL) choice model with known parameters, the optimal assortment in every period is revenue-ordered and shrinks as capacity becomes scarcer ("nesting by fare order"), which is what justifies the protection levels and bid prices used in practice.

The MNL parameters are estimated from data and are never known exactly. Rusmevichientong and Topaloglu (Operations Research, 2012) study the robust version, in which an adversary picks the parameters of each period from an uncertainty set after seeing the offered assortment, following the robust Markov decision process framework of Iyengar (Mathematics of Operations Research, 2005). Their Section 4 shows that the structure of the known-parameter problem survives: the value function is concave in capacity, the optimal assortment is a revenue threshold set, and it grows with remaining capacity and, when uncertainty does not shrink, over time. This mission formalizes those results.

Setting

There are nnn products A={1,…,n}\mathcal A = \{1,\dots,n\}A={1,…,n} with revenues r1,…,rnr_1,\dots,r_nr1​,…,rn​. An MNL parameter vector is v=(v0,v1,…,vn)∈R++n+1v = (v_0, v_1, \dots, v_n) \in \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}v=(v0​,v1​,…,vn​)∈R++n+1​; offered the assortment S⊆AS \subseteq \mathcal AS⊆A, a customer buys product i∈Si \in Si∈S with probability

ϕi(S,v)=viv0+∑ℓ∈Svℓ,\phi_i(S,v) = \frac{v_i}{v_0 + \sum_{\ell\in S} v_\ell},ϕi​(S,v)=v0​+∑ℓ∈S​vℓ​vi​​,

and nothing with probability 1−∑i∈Sϕi(S,v)1 - \sum_{i\in S}\phi_i(S,v)1−∑i∈S​ϕi​(S,v). The expected revenue is f(S,v)=∑i∈Sriϕi(S,v)f(S,v) = \sum_{i\in S} r_i \phi_i(S,v)f(S,v)=∑i∈S​ri​ϕi​(S,v).

Static problem (Section 3). For a compact nonempty uncertainty set V⊆R++n+1\mathcal V \subseteq \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}V⊆R++n+1​,

Z∗(V)=max⁡S⊆A min⁡v∈Vf(S,v),Z^*(\mathcal V) = \max_{S\subseteq\mathcal A}\ \min_{v\in\mathcal V} f(S,v),Z∗(V)=S⊆Amax​ v∈Vmin​f(S,v),

and S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) is an optimal assortment of smallest cardinality.

Dynamic problem (Section 4). Periods t=1,…,Tt = 1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T each bring one customer, whose parameter vector lies in a compact nonempty Vt⊆R++n+1\mathcal V_t \subseteq \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}Vt​⊆R++n+1​. A purchase consumes one unit of capacity. The value function Jt(x)J_t(x)Jt​(x), the maximum worst-case revenue from period ttt on with xxx units of capacity, satisfies

Jt(x)=max⁡St⊆A min⁡vt∈Vt{∑i∈Stϕi(St,vt)(ri+Jt+1(x−1))+(1−∑i∈Stϕi(St,vt))Jt+1(x)}J_t(x) = \max_{S_t\subseteq\mathcal A}\ \min_{v_t\in\mathcal V_t}\Big\{\sum_{i\in S_t}\phi_i(S_t,v_t)\big(r_i + J_{t+1}(x-1)\big) + \Big(1-\sum_{i\in S_t}\phi_i(S_t,v_t)\Big)J_{t+1}(x)\Big\}Jt​(x)=St​⊆Amax​ vt​∈Vt​min​{i∈St​∑​ϕi​(St​,vt​)(ri​+Jt+1​(x−1))+(1−i∈St​∑​ϕi​(St​,vt​))Jt+1​(x)}

for x≥1x \ge 1x≥1, with Jt(0)=0J_t(0) = 0Jt​(0)=0 and JT+1≡0J_{T+1} \equiv 0JT+1​≡0. The marginal value of capacity is ΔJt(x)=Jt(x)−Jt(x−1)\Delta J_t(x) = J_t(x) - J_t(x-1)ΔJt​(x)=Jt​(x)−Jt​(x−1), and St∗(x)S^*_t(x)St∗​(x) is a maximizer of the right-hand side of smallest cardinality.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3 (p. 17)

For every 1≤t≤T1 \le t \le T1≤t≤T and x≥1x \ge 1x≥1, and, in the second part, every 1≤t≤T−11 \le t \le T-11≤t≤T−1 with Vt⊆Vt+1\mathcal V_t \subseteq \mathcal V_{t+1}Vt​⊆Vt+1​:

St∗(x)⊆St∗(x+1),Vt⊆Vt+1  ⟹  St∗(x)⊆St+1∗(x).S^*_t(x) \subseteq S^*_t(x+1), \qquad \mathcal V_t \subseteq \mathcal V_{t+1} \implies S^*_t(x) \subseteq S^*_{t+1}(x).St∗​(x)⊆St∗​(x+1),Vt​⊆Vt+1​⟹St∗​(x)⊆St+1∗​(x).

Milestones

  1. (Dynamic Robust), second line (p. 16): Jt(x)=max⁡Smin⁡v∈Vt∑i∈Sϕi(S,v) (ri−ΔJt+1(x))+Jt+1(x)J_t(x) = \max_{S}\min_{v\in\mathcal V_t}\sum_{i\in S}\phi_i(S,v)\,(r_i - \Delta J_{t+1}(x)) + J_{t+1}(x)Jt​(x)=maxS​minv∈Vt​​∑i∈S​ϕi​(S,v)(ri​−ΔJt+1​(x))+Jt+1​(x).
  2. Proof of Theorem 4.2 (pp. 16–17): St∗(x)S^*_t(x)St∗​(x) is the static S∗(Vt)S^*(\mathcal V_t)S∗(Vt​) for revenues ri−ΔJt+1(x)r_i - \Delta J_{t+1}(x)ri​−ΔJt+1​(x), and Jt(x)−Jt+1(x)J_t(x) - J_{t+1}(x)Jt​(x)−Jt+1​(x) is the corresponding Z∗(Vt)Z^*(\mathcal V_t)Z∗(Vt​).
  3. Theorem 3.2 (p. 7): S∗(V)={i:ri>Z∗(V)}S^*(\mathcal V) = \{i : r_i > Z^*(\mathcal V)\}S∗(V)={i:ri​>Z∗(V)}.
  4. Theorem 3.7 (p. 10): for δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0, S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) is contained in the robust assortment for revenues r+δr + \deltar+δ.
  5. Corollary 3.5 (p. 9): V⊆V′  ⟹  Z∗(V′)≤Z∗(V)\mathcal V \subseteq \mathcal V' \implies Z^*(\mathcal V') \le Z^*(\mathcal V)V⊆V′⟹Z∗(V′)≤Z∗(V) and S∗(V)⊆S∗(V′)S^*(\mathcal V) \subseteq S^*(\mathcal V')S∗(V)⊆S∗(V′).
  6. Theorem 4.1, first inequality (p. 16): ΔJt(x+1)≤ΔJt(x)\Delta J_t(x+1) \le \Delta J_t(x)ΔJt​(x+1)≤ΔJt​(x).
  7. Theorem 4.1, second inequality (p. 16): ΔJt+1(x)≤ΔJt(x)\Delta J_{t+1}(x) \le \Delta J_t(x)ΔJt+1​(x)≤ΔJt​(x).
  8. Theorem 4.2 (p. 16): St∗(x)={i:ri>Jt(x)−Jt+1(x−1)}S^*_t(x) = \{i : r_i > J_t(x) - J_{t+1}(x-1)\}St∗​(x)={i:ri​>Jt​(x)−Jt+1​(x−1)}.

Significance

The result. Theorems 4.1–4.3 say that robustness costs nothing structurally: the robust policy is still a nested threshold policy, so it can be implemented with the protection levels or bid-price controls already in use, and it can be computed by examining at most nnn revenue-ordered assortments per state instead of 2n2^n2n. Theorem 4.3 gives the operational content: with less inventory, offer fewer, higher-revenue products; nearer the end of the season (when the uncertainty sets are nested), offer more.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a checked robust finite-horizon dynamic program over finite action sets with compact adversary sets, the reduction of each Bellman step to a static max–min problem with shifted revenues, and checked concavity and time-monotonicity arguments that are reusable for other single-resource problems. The known-parameter analogues for general regular choice models and for the Markov chain choice model are separate drafts on the platform (RevenueOrdered.Nesting.*, MarkovChainChoice.SingleResource.*); they have no uncertainty set and are not used here.

Difficulty

The obvious route to concavity, an induction on ttt in which JtJ_tJt​ is a maximum of concave functions, fails: a maximum of concave functions is not concave, and here each candidate assortment is evaluated by a minimum over Vt\mathcal V_tVt​, and the worst-case parameter vector changes with the capacity level, so the known-parameter argument cannot be reused term by term. Any induction on ttt also has to handle the boundary x=0x = 0x=0, where the Bellman equation does not apply and only Jt(0)=0J_t(0) = 0Jt​(0)=0 is given. Every step involving a minimum must use that the minimum over a compact set is attained, and translating a minimum by a constant must be justified rather than assumed.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Products are Fin n (Lean index iii is product i+1i+1i+1). A parameter vector is p : ℝ × (Fin n → ℝ) with p.1 =v0= v_0=v0​. f(S,v)f(S,v)f(S,v) is the published ChoiceCDLP.MNL.mnlObjective. Minima over uncertainty sets are real infima (sInf), equal to the attained minima under the standing hypotheses; maxima are Finset.sup' over all 2n2^n2n assortments.
  • Standing assumptions. Every V t, 1≤t≤T1 \le t \le T1≤t≤T, is compact, nonempty and contained in R++n+1\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}R++n+1​ (IsUncertaintySeq); the static results assume the same of V. The paper writes "V⊂R++n\mathcal V \subset \mathbb R^n_{++}V⊂R++n​" in Theorem 3.2 and Corollary 3.5; this is read as R++n+1\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}R++n+1​, compact.
  • Revenues are arbitrary reals. The paper orders r1≥⋯≥rn>0r_1 \ge \dots \ge r_n > 0r1​≥⋯≥rn​>0 "without loss of generality"; no proof uses it, and the dynamic reduction applies Theorem 3.2 to ri−ΔJt+1(x)r_i - \Delta J_{t+1}(x)ri​−ΔJt+1​(x), which may be negative. Dropping it strengthens every statement.
  • The value function is defined by the recursion. The max–min policy formulation (p. 15) and Iyengar's theorem that it satisfies the Bellman equation are not formalized. Jt(x)J_t(x)Jt​(x) is defined for every x∈Nx \in \mathbb Nx∈N; the initial capacity CCC never enters the recursion, so the paper's JtJ_tJt​ on {0,…,C}\{0,\dots,C\}{0,…,C} is the restriction.
  • Capacity x≥1x \ge 1x≥1. Theorem 4.1 is printed "for any x∈{0,1,…,C}x \in \{0,1,\dots,C\}x∈{0,1,…,C}", which includes the undefined ΔJt(0)\Delta J_t(0)ΔJt​(0); Theorems 4.2 and 4.3 say "for any xxx", but St∗(0)S^*_t(0)St∗​(0) is not defined by the Bellman equation. All statements assume x≥1x \ge 1x≥1.
  • Tie-break. S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) and St∗(x)S^*_t(x)St∗​(x) are predicates ("SSS is an optimal assortment of smallest cardinality"), not choice functions; Theorems 3.2 and 4.2 are stated as "↔ SSS is the threshold set", which also asserts the threshold set is optimal. Without the tie-break Theorems 4.2 and 4.3 are false, since a product with revenue exactly at the threshold can be added.
  • Ruled out. Defining JJJ as a maximum over revenue-ordered assortments, or through the threshold formula, would make Theorem 4.2 definitional; JJJ is defined with the minimum inside a maximum over all subsets.
  • Restatements. Theorems 3.2, 3.7 and Corollary 3.5 restate, in RobustMNL.Dynamic, the companion mission on Section 3 of the same paper, identically up to namespace.
  • Source. The source is the authors' manuscript of 20 September 2011 of the Operations Research 2012 article; its printed page numbers equal the PDF's.
  • Welcome contributions. Lemmas on attained minima of continuous functions on compact sets of positive parameter vectors, the translation of a max–min by a constant, and the bound ∑i∈Sϕi(S,v)≤1\sum_{i\in S}\phi_i(S,v) \le 1∑i∈S​ϕi​(S,v)≤1 are reusable across all three missions of this paper.

Selected references

  • P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Robust Assortment Optimization in Revenue Management Under the Multinomial Logit Choice Model, Operations Research 60(4), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1063
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue Management Under a General Discrete Choice Model of Consumer Behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust Dynamic Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 5 of 12Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me